1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
7 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
8 <mark@codesourcery.com>
9 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
10 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
12 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
14 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
15 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
16 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
17 (at your option) any later version.
19 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
20 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
21 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
22 GNU General Public License for more details.
24 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
25 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
26 Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
28 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
33 #include "libiberty.h"
35 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
38 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
40 #include "coff/symconst.h"
41 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
42 #include "coff/mips.h"
46 /* This structure is used to hold .got entries while estimating got
50 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
52 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
53 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
57 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
59 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
60 that should be added to the symbol value. */
62 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
63 corresponding to a global symbol in the got (or, local, if
65 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
67 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
68 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
69 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
73 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
77 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
79 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*global_gotsym
;
80 /* The number of global .got entries. */
81 unsigned int global_gotno
;
82 /* The number of local .got entries. */
83 unsigned int local_gotno
;
84 /* The number of local .got entries we have used. */
85 unsigned int assigned_gotno
;
86 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
87 struct htab
*got_entries
;
88 /* A hash table mapping input bfds to other mips_got_info. NULL
89 unless multi-got was necessary. */
91 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
92 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
93 struct mips_got_info
*next
;
96 /* Map an input bfd to a got in a multi-got link. */
98 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
{
100 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
103 /* Structure passed when traversing the bfd2got hash table, used to
104 create and merge bfd's gots. */
106 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
108 /* A hashtable that maps bfds to gots. */
110 /* The output bfd. */
112 /* The link information. */
113 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
114 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
115 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
117 struct mips_got_info
*primary
;
118 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
120 struct mips_got_info
*current
;
121 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
123 unsigned int max_count
;
124 /* The number of local and global entries in the primary got. */
125 unsigned int primary_count
;
126 /* The number of local and global entries in the current got. */
127 unsigned int current_count
;
130 /* Another structure used to pass arguments for got entries traversal. */
132 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
134 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
136 unsigned int needed_relocs
;
137 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
140 struct _mips_elf_section_data
142 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
145 struct mips_got_info
*got_info
;
150 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
151 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
153 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
154 the dynamic symbols. */
156 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
158 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
160 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*low
;
161 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
163 long min_got_dynindx
;
164 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
165 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
166 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
167 long max_unref_got_dynindx
;
168 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
169 symbol without a GOT entry. */
170 long max_non_got_dynindx
;
173 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
174 the global hash table. */
176 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
178 struct elf_link_hash_entry root
;
180 /* External symbol information. */
183 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
185 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
187 /* If the R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 reloc is against
188 a readonly section. */
189 bfd_boolean readonly_reloc
;
191 /* The index of the first dynamic relocation (in the .rel.dyn
192 section) against this symbol. */
193 unsigned int min_dyn_reloc_index
;
195 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
196 related to taking the function's address, i.e. any but
197 R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones -- see "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition",
199 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub
;
201 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
202 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
205 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is set if this symbol appears
206 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
207 bfd_boolean need_fn_stub
;
209 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
210 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
213 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
214 being called returns a floating point value. */
215 asection
*call_fp_stub
;
217 /* Are we forced local? .*/
218 bfd_boolean forced_local
;
221 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
223 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
225 struct elf_link_hash_table root
;
227 /* We no longer use this. */
228 /* String section indices for the dynamic section symbols. */
229 bfd_size_type dynsym_sec_strindex
[SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
];
231 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
232 bfd_size_type procedure_count
;
233 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
234 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size
;
235 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic
236 entry is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5. */
237 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head
;
238 /* This is the value of the __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
240 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
241 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen
;
244 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
249 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
250 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
251 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
255 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
257 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[] =
260 "_procedure_string_table",
261 "_procedure_table_size",
265 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
270 unsigned long id1
; /* Always one? */
271 unsigned long num
; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
272 unsigned long id2
; /* Always two? */
273 unsigned long offset
; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
274 unsigned long reserved0
; /* Zero? */
275 unsigned long reserved1
; /* Zero? */
284 bfd_byte reserved0
[4];
285 bfd_byte reserved1
[4];
286 } Elf32_External_compact_rel
;
290 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
291 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
292 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
293 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
294 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
295 unsigned long vaddr
; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
300 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
301 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
302 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
303 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
304 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
312 } Elf32_External_crinfo
;
318 } Elf32_External_crinfo2
;
320 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
322 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
323 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
324 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
325 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
326 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
327 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
328 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
329 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
331 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
332 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
333 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
334 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
335 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
337 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
338 has different meaning for each type:
341 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
342 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
343 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
344 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
347 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
348 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
349 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
350 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
352 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
353 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
354 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
355 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
357 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
358 loader for use by the static exception system. */
360 typedef struct runtime_pdr
{
361 bfd_vma adr
; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
362 long regmask
; /* Save register mask. */
363 long regoffset
; /* Save register offset. */
364 long fregmask
; /* Save floating point register mask. */
365 long fregoffset
; /* Save floating point register offset. */
366 long frameoffset
; /* Frame size. */
367 short framereg
; /* Frame pointer register. */
368 short pcreg
; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
369 long irpss
; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
371 struct exception_info
*exception_info
;/* Pointer to exception array. */
373 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
374 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
376 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
377 PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry
*, struct bfd_hash_table
*, const char *));
378 static void ecoff_swap_rpdr_out
379 PARAMS ((bfd
*, const RPDR
*, struct rpdr_ext
*));
380 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_procedure_table
381 PARAMS ((PTR
, bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, asection
*,
382 struct ecoff_debug_info
*));
383 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs
384 PARAMS ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, PTR
));
385 static void bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in
386 PARAMS ((bfd
*, const Elf32_External_gptab
*, Elf32_gptab
*));
387 static void bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out
388 PARAMS ((bfd
*, const Elf32_gptab
*, Elf32_External_gptab
*));
389 static void bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out
390 PARAMS ((bfd
*, const Elf32_compact_rel
*, Elf32_External_compact_rel
*));
391 static void bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out
392 PARAMS ((bfd
*, const Elf32_crinfo
*, Elf32_External_crinfo
*));
394 static void bfd_mips_elf_swap_msym_in
395 PARAMS ((bfd
*, const Elf32_External_Msym
*, Elf32_Internal_Msym
*));
397 static void bfd_mips_elf_swap_msym_out
398 PARAMS ((bfd
*, const Elf32_Internal_Msym
*, Elf32_External_Msym
*));
399 static int sort_dynamic_relocs
400 PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
401 static int sort_dynamic_relocs_64
402 PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
403 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_output_extsym
404 PARAMS ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, PTR
));
405 static int gptab_compare
PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
406 static asection
* mips_elf_rel_dyn_section
PARAMS ((bfd
*, bfd_boolean
));
407 static asection
* mips_elf_got_section
PARAMS ((bfd
*, bfd_boolean
));
408 static struct mips_got_info
*mips_elf_got_info
409 PARAMS ((bfd
*, asection
**));
410 static long mips_elf_get_global_gotsym_index
PARAMS ((bfd
*abfd
));
411 static bfd_vma mips_elf_local_got_index
412 PARAMS ((bfd
*, bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd_vma
));
413 static bfd_vma mips_elf_global_got_index
414 PARAMS ((bfd
*, bfd
*, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
415 static bfd_vma mips_elf_got_page
416 PARAMS ((bfd
*, bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd_vma
, bfd_vma
*));
417 static bfd_vma mips_elf_got16_entry
418 PARAMS ((bfd
*, bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd_vma
, bfd_boolean
));
419 static bfd_vma mips_elf_got_offset_from_index
420 PARAMS ((bfd
*, bfd
*, bfd
*, bfd_vma
));
421 static struct mips_got_entry
*mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
422 PARAMS ((bfd
*, bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
));
423 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table
424 PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info
*, unsigned long));
425 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
426 PARAMS ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, PTR
));
427 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol
428 PARAMS ((bfd
*, long, bfd_vma
, struct mips_got_info
*));
429 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol
430 PARAMS ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*, bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*,
431 struct mips_got_info
*));
432 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*mips_elf_next_relocation
433 PARAMS ((bfd
*, unsigned int, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
434 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*));
435 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_local_relocation_p
436 PARAMS ((bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, asection
**, bfd_boolean
));
437 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_overflow_p
PARAMS ((bfd_vma
, int));
438 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
PARAMS ((bfd_vma
));
439 static bfd_vma mips_elf_higher
PARAMS ((bfd_vma
));
440 static bfd_vma mips_elf_highest
PARAMS ((bfd_vma
));
441 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
442 PARAMS ((bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*));
443 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_got_section
444 PARAMS ((bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd_boolean
));
445 static asection
*mips_elf_create_msym_section
447 static bfd_reloc_status_type mips_elf_calculate_relocation
448 PARAMS ((bfd
*, bfd
*, asection
*, struct bfd_link_info
*,
449 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_vma
, reloc_howto_type
*,
450 Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
**, bfd_vma
*, const char **,
451 bfd_boolean
*, bfd_boolean
));
452 static bfd_vma mips_elf_obtain_contents
453 PARAMS ((reloc_howto_type
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd
*, bfd_byte
*));
454 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_perform_relocation
455 PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info
*, reloc_howto_type
*,
456 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_vma
, bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*,
458 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_stub_section_p
459 PARAMS ((bfd
*, asection
*));
460 static void mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
461 PARAMS ((bfd
*, unsigned int));
462 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
463 PARAMS ((bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
464 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, asection
*,
465 bfd_vma
, bfd_vma
*, asection
*));
466 static void mips_set_isa_flags
PARAMS ((bfd
*));
467 static INLINE
char* elf_mips_abi_name
PARAMS ((bfd
*));
468 static void mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol
469 PARAMS ((bfd
*, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*));
470 static bfd_boolean mips_mach_extends_p
PARAMS ((unsigned long, unsigned long));
471 static bfd_boolean mips_32bit_flags_p
PARAMS ((flagword
));
472 static INLINE hashval_t mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma
PARAMS ((bfd_vma
));
473 static hashval_t mips_elf_got_entry_hash
PARAMS ((const PTR
));
474 static int mips_elf_got_entry_eq
PARAMS ((const PTR
, const PTR
));
476 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_multi_got
477 PARAMS ((bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, struct mips_got_info
*,
478 asection
*, bfd_size_type
));
479 static hashval_t mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
PARAMS ((const PTR
));
480 static int mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
PARAMS ((const PTR
, const PTR
));
481 static hashval_t mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash
PARAMS ((const PTR
));
482 static int mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq
PARAMS ((const PTR
, const PTR
));
483 static int mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
PARAMS ((void **, void *));
484 static int mips_elf_merge_gots
PARAMS ((void **, void *));
485 static int mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
PARAMS ((void**, void *));
486 static int mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry
PARAMS ((void**, void *));
487 static void mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries
488 PARAMS ((struct mips_got_info
*));
489 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
490 PARAMS ((bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*));
491 static struct mips_got_info
*mips_elf_got_for_ibfd
492 PARAMS ((struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*));
494 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
495 static bfd
*reldyn_sorting_bfd
;
497 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
499 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
500 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
502 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
503 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
504 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
506 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
507 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
509 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
510 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
511 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
513 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
514 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
515 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
517 /* The name of the options section. */
518 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
519 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
521 /* The name of the stub section. */
522 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
523 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.stubs" : ".stub")
525 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
526 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
527 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
529 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
530 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
531 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
533 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
534 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
535 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
537 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
538 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
539 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
541 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
542 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
543 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
545 /* Get word-sized data. */
546 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
547 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
549 /* Put out word-sized data. */
550 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
552 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
553 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
555 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
557 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
558 (ABI_64_P (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj) \
559 ? bfd_elf64_add_dynamic_entry (info, (bfd_vma) tag, (bfd_vma) val) \
560 : bfd_elf32_add_dynamic_entry (info, (bfd_vma) tag, (bfd_vma) val))
562 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
563 (ABI_64_P (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj) \
564 ? (abort (), FALSE) \
565 : bfd_elf32_add_dynamic_entry (info, (bfd_vma) tag, (bfd_vma) val))
568 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
569 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
571 /* Determine whether the internal relocation of index REL_IDX is REL
572 (zero) or RELA (non-zero). The assumption is that, if there are
573 two relocation sections for this section, one of them is REL and
574 the other is RELA. If the index of the relocation we're testing is
575 in range for the first relocation section, check that the external
576 relocation size is that for RELA. It is also assumed that, if
577 rel_idx is not in range for the first section, and this first
578 section contains REL relocs, then the relocation is in the second
579 section, that is RELA. */
580 #define MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P(abfd, sec, rel_idx) \
581 ((NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (&elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr) \
582 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel \
583 > (bfd_vma)(rel_idx)) \
584 == (elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr.sh_entsize \
585 == (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela) \
586 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela))))
588 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
589 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
590 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
592 /* The number of local .got entries we reserve. */
593 #define MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (2)
595 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
596 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(abfd) (0x7ff0)
598 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
600 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(abfd) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(abfd) + 0x7fff)
602 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. For some reason the stub is
603 slightly different on an SGI system. */
604 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
606 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
607 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
608 #define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \
609 (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? 0x03e07825 : 0x03e07821) /* move t7,ra */
610 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jal t9 */
611 #define STUB_LI16(abfd) \
612 (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? 0x34180000 : 0x24180000) /* ori t8,zero,0 */
613 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE (16)
615 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
618 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
619 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
620 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
621 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
624 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
625 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
626 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
627 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
628 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
629 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
630 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
631 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
633 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
634 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
636 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
638 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
639 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
642 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
643 floating point arguments.
645 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
646 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
647 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
648 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
649 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
650 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
651 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
652 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
654 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
655 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
656 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
657 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
658 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
659 stub should be discarded.
661 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
662 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
663 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
664 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
665 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
666 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
667 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
670 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
671 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
672 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
674 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
676 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
677 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
678 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
680 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
682 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
683 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
684 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
687 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
689 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
690 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
692 (bfd_boolean (*) PARAMS ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *, PTR))) (func), \
695 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
697 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
698 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash))
700 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
702 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
703 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
)
704 struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
;
705 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
;
708 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
=
709 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
711 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
713 if (ret
== (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) NULL
)
714 ret
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
715 bfd_hash_allocate (table
,
716 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
)));
717 if (ret
== (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) NULL
)
718 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
720 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
721 ret
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
722 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
,
724 if (ret
!= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) NULL
)
726 /* Set local fields. */
727 memset (&ret
->esym
, 0, sizeof (EXTR
));
728 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
729 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
731 ret
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
732 ret
->readonly_reloc
= FALSE
;
733 ret
->min_dyn_reloc_index
= 0;
734 ret
->no_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
736 ret
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
737 ret
->call_stub
= NULL
;
738 ret
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
739 ret
->forced_local
= FALSE
;
742 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
746 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
)
750 struct _mips_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
751 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
753 sdata
= (struct _mips_elf_section_data
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
756 sec
->used_by_bfd
= (PTR
) sdata
;
758 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
761 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
762 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
765 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd
, section
, debug
)
768 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
771 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
772 char *ext_hdr
= NULL
;
774 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
775 memset (debug
, 0, sizeof (*debug
));
777 ext_hdr
= (char *) bfd_malloc (swap
->external_hdr_size
);
778 if (ext_hdr
== NULL
&& swap
->external_hdr_size
!= 0)
781 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, section
, ext_hdr
, (file_ptr
) 0,
782 swap
->external_hdr_size
))
785 symhdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
786 (*swap
->swap_hdr_in
) (abfd
, ext_hdr
, symhdr
);
788 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
790 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
791 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
795 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
796 debug->ptr = (type) bfd_malloc (amt); \
797 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
799 if (bfd_seek (abfd, (file_ptr) symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
800 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
804 READ (line
, cbLineOffset
, cbLine
, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
805 READ (external_dnr
, cbDnOffset
, idnMax
, swap
->external_dnr_size
, PTR
);
806 READ (external_pdr
, cbPdOffset
, ipdMax
, swap
->external_pdr_size
, PTR
);
807 READ (external_sym
, cbSymOffset
, isymMax
, swap
->external_sym_size
, PTR
);
808 READ (external_opt
, cbOptOffset
, ioptMax
, swap
->external_opt_size
, PTR
);
809 READ (external_aux
, cbAuxOffset
, iauxMax
, sizeof (union aux_ext
),
811 READ (ss
, cbSsOffset
, issMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
812 READ (ssext
, cbSsExtOffset
, issExtMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
813 READ (external_fdr
, cbFdOffset
, ifdMax
, swap
->external_fdr_size
, PTR
);
814 READ (external_rfd
, cbRfdOffset
, crfd
, swap
->external_rfd_size
, PTR
);
815 READ (external_ext
, cbExtOffset
, iextMax
, swap
->external_ext_size
, PTR
);
819 debug
->adjust
= NULL
;
826 if (debug
->line
!= NULL
)
828 if (debug
->external_dnr
!= NULL
)
829 free (debug
->external_dnr
);
830 if (debug
->external_pdr
!= NULL
)
831 free (debug
->external_pdr
);
832 if (debug
->external_sym
!= NULL
)
833 free (debug
->external_sym
);
834 if (debug
->external_opt
!= NULL
)
835 free (debug
->external_opt
);
836 if (debug
->external_aux
!= NULL
)
837 free (debug
->external_aux
);
838 if (debug
->ss
!= NULL
)
840 if (debug
->ssext
!= NULL
)
842 if (debug
->external_fdr
!= NULL
)
843 free (debug
->external_fdr
);
844 if (debug
->external_rfd
!= NULL
)
845 free (debug
->external_rfd
);
846 if (debug
->external_ext
!= NULL
)
847 free (debug
->external_ext
);
851 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
854 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd
, in
, ex
)
859 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->adr
, ex
->p_adr
);
860 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regmask
, ex
->p_regmask
);
861 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regoffset
, ex
->p_regoffset
);
862 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregmask
, ex
->p_fregmask
);
863 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregoffset
, ex
->p_fregoffset
);
864 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->frameoffset
, ex
->p_frameoffset
);
866 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->framereg
, ex
->p_framereg
);
867 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->pcreg
, ex
->p_pcreg
);
869 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->irpss
, ex
->p_irpss
);
871 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->exception_info
, ex
->p_exception_info
);
875 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
878 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (handle
, abfd
, info
, s
, debug
)
881 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
883 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
885 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
886 HDRR
*hdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
888 struct rpdr_ext
*erp
;
890 struct pdr_ext
*epdr
;
891 struct sym_ext
*esym
;
896 unsigned long sindex
;
900 const char *no_name_func
= _("static procedure (no name)");
908 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
910 sindex
= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
914 size
= swap
->external_pdr_size
;
916 epdr
= (struct pdr_ext
*) bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
920 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle
, (PTR
) epdr
))
923 size
= sizeof (RPDR
);
924 rp
= rpdr
= (RPDR
*) bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
928 size
= sizeof (char *);
929 sv
= (char **) bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
933 count
= hdr
->isymMax
;
934 size
= swap
->external_sym_size
;
935 esym
= (struct sym_ext
*) bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
939 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle
, (PTR
) esym
))
943 ss
= (char *) bfd_malloc (count
);
946 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle
, (PTR
) ss
))
950 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned long) count
; i
++, rp
++)
952 (*swap
->swap_pdr_in
) (abfd
, (PTR
) (epdr
+ i
), &pdr
);
953 (*swap
->swap_sym_in
) (abfd
, (PTR
) &esym
[pdr
.isym
], &sym
);
955 rp
->regmask
= pdr
.regmask
;
956 rp
->regoffset
= pdr
.regoffset
;
957 rp
->fregmask
= pdr
.fregmask
;
958 rp
->fregoffset
= pdr
.fregoffset
;
959 rp
->frameoffset
= pdr
.frameoffset
;
960 rp
->framereg
= pdr
.framereg
;
961 rp
->pcreg
= pdr
.pcreg
;
963 sv
[i
] = ss
+ sym
.iss
;
964 sindex
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
968 size
= sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2) + sindex
;
969 size
= BFD_ALIGN (size
, 16);
970 rtproc
= (PTR
) bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
973 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= 0;
977 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= count
+ 2;
979 erp
= (struct rpdr_ext
*) rtproc
;
980 memset (erp
, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
));
982 str
= (char *) rtproc
+ sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2);
983 strcpy (str
, no_name_func
);
984 str
+= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
985 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
987 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd
, rpdr
+ i
, erp
+ i
);
989 str
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
991 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, -1, (erp
+ count
)->p_adr
);
993 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
995 s
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) rtproc
;
997 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
998 matters, but someday it might). */
999 s
->link_order_head
= (struct bfd_link_order
*) NULL
;
1028 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1032 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (h
, data
)
1033 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
1034 PTR data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
1036 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1037 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1039 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1040 && ! h
->need_fn_stub
)
1042 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1043 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1044 being included in the link. */
1045 h
->fn_stub
->_raw_size
= 0;
1046 h
->fn_stub
->_cooked_size
= 0;
1047 h
->fn_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1048 h
->fn_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1049 h
->fn_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1052 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
1053 && h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
1055 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1056 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1057 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1058 h
->call_stub
->_raw_size
= 0;
1059 h
->call_stub
->_cooked_size
= 0;
1060 h
->call_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1061 h
->call_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1062 h
->call_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1065 if (h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
1066 && h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
1068 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1069 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1070 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1071 h
->call_fp_stub
->_raw_size
= 0;
1072 h
->call_fp_stub
->_cooked_size
= 0;
1073 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1074 h
->call_fp_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1075 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1081 bfd_reloc_status_type
1082 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (abfd
, symbol
, reloc_entry
, input_section
,
1083 relocatable
, data
, gp
)
1086 arelent
*reloc_entry
;
1087 asection
*input_section
;
1088 bfd_boolean relocatable
;
1093 unsigned long insn
= 0;
1096 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1099 relocation
= symbol
->value
;
1101 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1102 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
1104 if (reloc_entry
->address
> input_section
->_cooked_size
)
1105 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1107 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
1108 val
= reloc_entry
->addend
;
1110 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
1112 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
);
1113 val
+= insn
& 0xffff;
1116 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend(val
, 16);
1118 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
1119 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
1120 an external symbol. */
1122 || (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
1123 val
+= relocation
- gp
;
1125 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
1127 insn
= (insn
& ~0xffff) | (val
& 0xffff);
1128 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, (bfd_vma
) insn
,
1129 (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
);
1132 reloc_entry
->addend
= val
;
1135 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1136 else if (((val
& ~0xffff) != ~0xffff) && ((val
& ~0xffff) != 0))
1137 return bfd_reloc_overflow
;
1139 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1142 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
1143 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
1146 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (abfd
, ex
, in
)
1148 const Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
;
1151 in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
1152 in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
1156 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd
, in
, ex
)
1158 const Elf32_gptab
*in
;
1159 Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
;
1161 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
1162 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
1166 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (abfd
, in
, ex
)
1168 const Elf32_compact_rel
*in
;
1169 Elf32_External_compact_rel
*ex
;
1171 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id1
, ex
->id1
);
1172 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->num
, ex
->num
);
1173 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id2
, ex
->id2
);
1174 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->offset
, ex
->offset
);
1175 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved0
, ex
->reserved0
);
1176 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved1
, ex
->reserved1
);
1180 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (abfd
, in
, ex
)
1182 const Elf32_crinfo
*in
;
1183 Elf32_External_crinfo
*ex
;
1187 l
= (((in
->ctype
& CRINFO_CTYPE
) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH
)
1188 | ((in
->rtype
& CRINFO_RTYPE
) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH
)
1189 | ((in
->dist2to
& CRINFO_DIST2TO
) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH
)
1190 | ((in
->relvaddr
& CRINFO_RELVADDR
) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH
));
1191 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, l
, ex
->info
);
1192 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->konst
, ex
->konst
);
1193 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->vaddr
, ex
->vaddr
);
1197 /* Swap in an MSYM entry. */
1200 bfd_mips_elf_swap_msym_in (abfd
, ex
, in
)
1202 const Elf32_External_Msym
*ex
;
1203 Elf32_Internal_Msym
*in
;
1205 in
->ms_hash_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ms_hash_value
);
1206 in
->ms_info
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ms_info
);
1209 /* Swap out an MSYM entry. */
1212 bfd_mips_elf_swap_msym_out (abfd
, in
, ex
)
1214 const Elf32_Internal_Msym
*in
;
1215 Elf32_External_Msym
*ex
;
1217 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ms_hash_value
, ex
->ms_hash_value
);
1218 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ms_info
, ex
->ms_info
);
1221 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
1222 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
1223 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
1226 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, ex
, in
)
1228 const Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
;
1231 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1232 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1233 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1234 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1235 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1236 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1240 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, in
, ex
)
1242 const Elf32_RegInfo
*in
;
1243 Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
;
1245 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1246 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1247 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1248 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1249 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1250 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1253 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
1254 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
1255 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
1256 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
1257 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
1260 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, ex
, in
)
1262 const Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
;
1263 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
;
1265 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1266 in
->ri_pad
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_pad
);
1267 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1268 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1269 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1270 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1271 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_64 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1275 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, in
, ex
)
1277 const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
;
1278 Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
;
1280 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1281 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_pad
, ex
->ri_pad
);
1282 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1283 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1284 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1285 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1286 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1289 /* Swap in an options header. */
1292 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, ex
, in
)
1294 const Elf_External_Options
*ex
;
1295 Elf_Internal_Options
*in
;
1297 in
->kind
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->kind
);
1298 in
->size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->size
);
1299 in
->section
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->section
);
1300 in
->info
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->info
);
1303 /* Swap out an options header. */
1306 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (abfd
, in
, ex
)
1308 const Elf_Internal_Options
*in
;
1309 Elf_External_Options
*ex
;
1311 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->kind
, ex
->kind
);
1312 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->size
, ex
->size
);
1313 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->section
, ex
->section
);
1314 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->info
, ex
->info
);
1317 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
1318 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
1321 sort_dynamic_relocs (arg1
, arg2
)
1325 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
;
1326 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
;
1328 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, &int_reloc1
);
1329 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, &int_reloc2
);
1331 return ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1
.r_info
) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2
.r_info
);
1334 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
1337 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (arg1
, arg2
)
1341 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
[3];
1342 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
[3];
1344 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
1345 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, int_reloc1
);
1346 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
1347 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, int_reloc2
);
1349 return (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
)
1350 - ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
));
1354 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
1355 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
1356 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
1357 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
1358 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
1359 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
1360 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
1361 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
1362 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
1363 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
1364 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
1365 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
1366 when generating a final executable. */
1369 mips_elf_output_extsym (h
, data
)
1370 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
1373 struct extsym_info
*einfo
= (struct extsym_info
*) data
;
1375 asection
*sec
, *output_section
;
1377 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1378 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1380 if (h
->root
.indx
== -2)
1382 else if (((h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC
) != 0
1383 || (h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_DYNAMIC
) != 0)
1384 && (h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0
1385 && (h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR
) == 0)
1387 else if (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
1388 || (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
1389 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
1390 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
1391 FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
))
1399 if (h
->esym
.ifd
== -2)
1402 h
->esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
1403 h
->esym
.weakext
= 0;
1404 h
->esym
.reserved
= 0;
1405 h
->esym
.ifd
= ifdNil
;
1406 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1407 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stGlobal
;
1409 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
1410 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
1414 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
1416 name
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
1417 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
1418 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
1420 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
1421 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1422 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1424 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
1426 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1427 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1428 h
->esym
.asym
.value
=
1429 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo
->info
)->procedure_count
;
1431 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo
->abfd
))
1433 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1434 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1435 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= elf_gp (einfo
->abfd
);
1438 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
1440 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
1441 && h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1442 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1447 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1448 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1450 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
1451 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
1452 if (output_section
== NULL
)
1453 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
1456 name
= bfd_section_name (output_section
->owner
, output_section
);
1458 if (strcmp (name
, ".text") == 0)
1459 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scText
;
1460 else if (strcmp (name
, ".data") == 0)
1461 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
1462 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0)
1463 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSData
;
1464 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rodata") == 0
1465 || strcmp (name
, ".rdata") == 0)
1466 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scRData
;
1467 else if (strcmp (name
, ".bss") == 0)
1468 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
1469 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
1470 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
1471 else if (strcmp (name
, ".init") == 0)
1472 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scInit
;
1473 else if (strcmp (name
, ".fini") == 0)
1474 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scFini
;
1476 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1480 h
->esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
1481 h
->esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
1484 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1485 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.c
.size
;
1486 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1487 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1489 if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scCommon
)
1490 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
1491 else if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scSCommon
)
1492 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
1494 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1495 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1496 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
1497 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
1498 + sec
->output_offset
1499 + output_section
->vma
);
1501 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1503 else if ((h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT
) != 0)
1505 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hd
= h
;
1506 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub
= h
->no_fn_stub
;
1508 while (hd
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1510 hd
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1511 no_fn_stub
= no_fn_stub
|| hd
->no_fn_stub
;
1516 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
1517 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stProc
;
1518 sec
= hd
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1520 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1523 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1524 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
1525 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (hd
->root
.plt
.offset
1526 + sec
->output_offset
1527 + output_section
->vma
);
1529 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1537 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo
->abfd
, einfo
->debug
, einfo
->swap
,
1538 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
1541 einfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1548 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
1551 gptab_compare (p1
, p2
)
1555 const Elf32_gptab
*a1
= (const Elf32_gptab
*) p1
;
1556 const Elf32_gptab
*a2
= (const Elf32_gptab
*) p2
;
1558 return a1
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
- a2
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
1561 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
1563 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
1566 static INLINE hashval_t
1567 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (addr
)
1571 return addr
+ (addr
>> 32);
1577 /* got_entries only match if they're identical, except for gotidx, so
1578 use all fields to compute the hash, and compare the appropriate
1582 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (entry_
)
1585 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
1587 return entry
->symndx
1588 + (! entry
->abfd
? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
1590 + (entry
->symndx
>= 0 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
)
1591 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
));
1595 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (entry1
, entry2
)
1599 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
1600 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
1602 return e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
1603 && (! e1
->abfd
? e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
1604 : e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
1605 : e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
);
1608 /* multi_got_entries are still a match in the case of global objects,
1609 even if the input bfd in which they're referenced differs, so the
1610 hash computation and compare functions are adjusted
1614 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash (entry_
)
1617 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
1619 return entry
->symndx
1621 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
1622 : entry
->symndx
>= 0
1624 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
))
1625 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
);
1629 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq (entry1
, entry2
)
1633 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
1634 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
1636 return e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
1637 && (e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
1638 : e1
->abfd
== NULL
|| e2
->abfd
== NULL
1639 ? e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
1640 : e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
);
1643 /* Returns the dynamic relocation section for DYNOBJ. */
1646 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, create_p
)
1648 bfd_boolean create_p
;
1650 static const char dname
[] = ".rel.dyn";
1653 sreloc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, dname
);
1654 if (sreloc
== NULL
&& create_p
)
1656 sreloc
= bfd_make_section (dynobj
, dname
);
1658 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (dynobj
, sreloc
,
1663 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
1665 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, sreloc
,
1666 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
1672 /* Returns the GOT section for ABFD. */
1675 mips_elf_got_section (abfd
, maybe_excluded
)
1677 bfd_boolean maybe_excluded
;
1679 asection
*sgot
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got");
1681 || (! maybe_excluded
&& (sgot
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0))
1686 /* Returns the GOT information associated with the link indicated by
1687 INFO. If SGOTP is non-NULL, it is filled in with the GOT
1690 static struct mips_got_info
*
1691 mips_elf_got_info (abfd
, sgotp
)
1696 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1698 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (abfd
, TRUE
);
1699 BFD_ASSERT (sgot
!= NULL
);
1700 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
1701 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
1702 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
1705 *sgotp
= (sgot
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0 ? sgot
: NULL
;
1710 /* Obtain the lowest dynamic index of a symbol that was assigned a
1711 global GOT entry. */
1713 mips_elf_get_global_gotsym_index (abfd
)
1717 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1722 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (abfd
, TRUE
);
1723 if (sgot
== NULL
|| mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) == NULL
)
1726 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
1727 if (g
== NULL
|| g
->global_gotsym
== NULL
)
1730 return g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
1733 /* Returns the GOT offset at which the indicated address can be found.
1734 If there is not yet a GOT entry for this value, create one. Returns
1735 -1 if no satisfactory GOT offset can be found. */
1738 mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, ibfd
, info
, value
)
1740 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
1744 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1745 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
1747 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
1749 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
, value
);
1751 return entry
->gotidx
;
1756 /* Returns the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H. */
1759 mips_elf_global_got_index (abfd
, ibfd
, h
)
1761 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
1765 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
1766 long global_got_dynindx
= 0;
1768 gg
= g
= mips_elf_got_info (abfd
, &sgot
);
1769 if (g
->bfd2got
&& ibfd
)
1771 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
1773 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= 0);
1775 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
);
1780 e
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
;
1782 p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &e
);
1784 BFD_ASSERT (p
->gotidx
> 0);
1789 if (gg
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
1790 global_got_dynindx
= gg
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
1792 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
1793 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
1794 indices into the GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the GOT
1796 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= global_got_dynindx
);
1797 index
= ((h
->dynindx
- global_got_dynindx
+ g
->local_gotno
)
1798 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
1799 BFD_ASSERT (index
< sgot
->_raw_size
);
1804 /* Find a GOT entry that is within 32KB of the VALUE. These entries
1805 are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
1806 within 32KB of GP. Return the index into the GOT for this page,
1807 and store the offset from this entry to the desired address in
1808 OFFSETP, if it is non-NULL. */
1811 mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, ibfd
, info
, value
, offsetp
)
1813 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
1818 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1820 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
1822 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
1824 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
,
1826 & (~(bfd_vma
)0xffff));
1831 index
= entry
->gotidx
;
1834 *offsetp
= value
- entry
->d
.address
;
1839 /* Find a GOT entry whose higher-order 16 bits are the same as those
1840 for value. Return the index into the GOT for this entry. */
1843 mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd
, ibfd
, info
, value
, external
)
1845 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
1847 bfd_boolean external
;
1850 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1851 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
1855 /* Although the ABI says that it is "the high-order 16 bits" that we
1856 want, it is really the %high value. The complete value is
1857 calculated with a `addiu' of a LO16 relocation, just as with a
1859 value
= mips_elf_high (value
) << 16;
1862 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
1864 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
, value
);
1866 return entry
->gotidx
;
1871 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
1875 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (dynobj
, output_bfd
, input_bfd
, index
)
1883 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1885 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
1886 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
1887 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd
, g
, input_bfd
);
1889 return sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ sgot
->output_offset
+ index
- gp
;
1892 /* Create a local GOT entry for VALUE. Return the index of the entry,
1893 or -1 if it could not be created. */
1895 static struct mips_got_entry
*
1896 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, ibfd
, gg
, sgot
, value
)
1898 struct mips_got_info
*gg
;
1902 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
1903 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1907 entry
.d
.address
= value
;
1909 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, ibfd
);
1912 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, abfd
);
1913 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
1916 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**) htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
,
1921 entry
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_gotno
++;
1923 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
1928 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
1930 if (g
->assigned_gotno
>= g
->local_gotno
)
1932 (*loc
)->gotidx
= -1;
1933 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
1934 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1935 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
1936 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1940 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
,
1941 (sgot
->contents
+ entry
.gotidx
));
1946 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
1947 appear towards the end. This reduces the amount of GOT space
1948 required. MAX_LOCAL is used to set the number of local symbols
1949 known to be in the dynamic symbol table. During
1950 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections, this value is 1. Afterward, the
1951 section symbols are added and the count is higher. */
1954 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, max_local
)
1955 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
1956 unsigned long max_local
;
1958 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd
;
1959 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1962 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
1964 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
);
1967 hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
=
1968 hsd
.min_got_dynindx
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
1969 /* In the multi-got case, assigned_gotno of the master got_info
1970 indicate the number of entries that aren't referenced in the
1971 primary GOT, but that must have entries because there are
1972 dynamic relocations that reference it. Since they aren't
1973 referenced, we move them to the end of the GOT, so that they
1974 don't prevent other entries that are referenced from getting
1975 too large offsets. */
1976 - (g
->next
? g
->assigned_gotno
: 0);
1977 hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
= max_local
;
1978 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*)
1979 elf_hash_table (info
)),
1980 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
,
1983 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
1984 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
1985 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
<= hsd
.min_got_dynindx
);
1986 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long)hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
1987 <= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
);
1989 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
1990 table index in the GOT. */
1991 g
->global_gotsym
= hsd
.low
;
1996 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
1997 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
2001 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (h
, data
)
2002 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2005 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
*hsd
2006 = (struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
*) data
;
2008 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2009 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2011 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
2013 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
2016 /* Global symbols that need GOT entries that are not explicitly
2017 referenced are marked with got offset 2. Those that are
2018 referenced get a 1, and those that don't need GOT entries get
2020 if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 2)
2022 if (hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
== hsd
->min_got_dynindx
)
2023 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2024 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
++;
2026 else if (h
->root
.got
.offset
!= 1)
2027 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_non_got_dynindx
++;
2030 h
->root
.dynindx
= --hsd
->min_got_dynindx
;
2031 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2037 /* If H is a symbol that needs a global GOT entry, but has a dynamic
2038 symbol table index lower than any we've seen to date, record it for
2042 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
)
2043 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2045 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
2046 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2048 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
2050 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
2052 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2054 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
2058 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2061 if (!bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
2067 entry
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2069 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**) htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
,
2072 /* If we've already marked this entry as needing GOT space, we don't
2073 need to do it again. */
2077 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
2083 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
2085 if (h
->got
.offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
2088 /* By setting this to a value other than -1, we are indicating that
2089 there needs to be a GOT entry for H. Avoid using zero, as the
2090 generic ELF copy_indirect_symbol tests for <= 0. */
2096 /* Reserve space in G for a GOT entry containing the value of symbol
2097 SYMNDX in input bfd ABDF, plus ADDEND. */
2100 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, symndx
, addend
, g
)
2104 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2106 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
2109 entry
.symndx
= symndx
;
2110 entry
.d
.addend
= addend
;
2111 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**)
2112 htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
, INSERT
);
2117 entry
.gotidx
= g
->local_gotno
++;
2119 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
2124 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
2129 /* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry. */
2132 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash (entry_
)
2135 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*entry
2136 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry_
;
2138 return entry
->bfd
->id
;
2141 /* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd. */
2144 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq (entry1
, entry2
)
2148 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*e1
2149 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry1
;
2150 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*e2
2151 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry2
;
2153 return e1
->bfd
== e2
->bfd
;
2156 /* In a multi-got link, determine the GOT to be used for IBDF. G must
2157 be the master GOT data. */
2159 static struct mips_got_info
*
2160 mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
)
2161 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2164 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash e
, *p
;
2170 p
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*) htab_find (g
->bfd2got
, &e
);
2171 return p
? p
->g
: NULL
;
2174 /* Create one separate got for each bfd that has entries in the global
2175 got, such that we can tell how many local and global entries each
2179 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd (entryp
, p
)
2183 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
2184 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*)p
;
2185 htab_t bfd2got
= arg
->bfd2got
;
2186 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2187 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash bfdgot_entry
, *bfdgot
;
2190 /* Find the got_info for this GOT entry's input bfd. Create one if
2192 bfdgot_entry
.bfd
= entry
->abfd
;
2193 bfdgotp
= htab_find_slot (bfd2got
, &bfdgot_entry
, INSERT
);
2194 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)*bfdgotp
;
2200 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)bfd_alloc
2201 (arg
->obfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
));
2211 bfdgot
->bfd
= entry
->abfd
;
2212 bfdgot
->g
= g
= (struct mips_got_info
*)
2213 bfd_alloc (arg
->obfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
2220 g
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
2221 g
->global_gotno
= 0;
2223 g
->assigned_gotno
= -1;
2224 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
,
2225 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
,
2227 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
2237 /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */
2238 entryp
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
2239 if (*entryp
!= NULL
)
2244 if (entry
->symndx
>= 0 || entry
->d
.h
->forced_local
)
2252 /* Attempt to merge gots of different input bfds. Try to use as much
2253 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
2254 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
2255 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
2256 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
2257 and then make make the new got current. */
2260 mips_elf_merge_gots (bfd2got_
, p
)
2264 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfd2got
2265 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)*bfd2got_
;
2266 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*)p
;
2267 unsigned int lcount
= bfd2got
->g
->local_gotno
;
2268 unsigned int gcount
= bfd2got
->g
->global_gotno
;
2269 unsigned int maxcnt
= arg
->max_count
;
2271 /* If we don't have a primary GOT and this is not too big, use it as
2272 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
2273 if (! arg
->primary
&& lcount
+ gcount
<= maxcnt
)
2275 arg
->primary
= bfd2got
->g
;
2276 arg
->primary_count
= lcount
+ gcount
;
2278 /* If it looks like we can merge this bfd's entries with those of
2279 the primary, merge them. The heuristics is conservative, but we
2280 don't have to squeeze it too hard. */
2281 else if (arg
->primary
2282 && (arg
->primary_count
+ lcount
+ gcount
) <= maxcnt
)
2284 struct mips_got_info
*g
= bfd2got
->g
;
2285 int old_lcount
= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
;
2286 int old_gcount
= arg
->primary
->global_gotno
;
2288 bfd2got
->g
= arg
->primary
;
2290 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
2291 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
,
2293 if (arg
->obfd
== NULL
)
2296 htab_delete (g
->got_entries
);
2297 /* We don't have to worry about releasing memory of the actual
2298 got entries, since they're all in the master got_entries hash
2301 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount
+ lcount
== arg
->primary
->local_gotno
);
2302 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount
+ gcount
>= arg
->primary
->global_gotno
);
2304 arg
->primary_count
= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
2305 + arg
->primary
->global_gotno
;
2307 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
2308 else if (arg
->current
2309 && arg
->current_count
+ lcount
+ gcount
<= maxcnt
)
2311 struct mips_got_info
*g
= bfd2got
->g
;
2312 int old_lcount
= arg
->current
->local_gotno
;
2313 int old_gcount
= arg
->current
->global_gotno
;
2315 bfd2got
->g
= arg
->current
;
2317 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
2318 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
,
2320 if (arg
->obfd
== NULL
)
2323 htab_delete (g
->got_entries
);
2325 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount
+ lcount
== arg
->current
->local_gotno
);
2326 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount
+ gcount
>= arg
->current
->global_gotno
);
2328 arg
->current_count
= arg
->current
->local_gotno
2329 + arg
->current
->global_gotno
;
2331 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
2332 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
2333 overflows anyway. */
2336 bfd2got
->g
->next
= arg
->current
;
2337 arg
->current
= bfd2got
->g
;
2339 arg
->current_count
= lcount
+ gcount
;
2345 /* If passed a NULL mips_got_info in the argument, set the marker used
2346 to tell whether a global symbol needs a got entry (in the primary
2347 got) to the given VALUE.
2349 If passed a pointer G to a mips_got_info in the argument (it must
2350 not be the primary GOT), compute the offset from the beginning of
2351 the (primary) GOT section to the entry in G corresponding to the
2352 global symbol. G's assigned_gotno must contain the index of the
2353 first available global GOT entry in G. VALUE must contain the size
2354 of a GOT entry in bytes. For each global GOT entry that requires a
2355 dynamic relocation, NEEDED_RELOCS is incremented, and the symbol is
2356 marked as not elligible for lazy resolution through a function
2359 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset (entryp
, p
)
2363 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
2364 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
*arg
2365 = (struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
*)p
;
2366 struct mips_got_info
*g
= arg
->g
;
2368 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1
2369 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
2373 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotsym
== NULL
);
2375 entry
->gotidx
= arg
->value
* (long) g
->assigned_gotno
++;
2376 /* We can't do lazy update of GOT entries for
2377 non-primary GOTs since the PLT entries don't use the
2378 right offsets, so punt at it for now. */
2379 entry
->d
.h
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
2380 if (arg
->info
->shared
2381 || (elf_hash_table (arg
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
2382 && ((entry
->d
.h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
2383 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC
) != 0)
2384 && ((entry
->d
.h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
2385 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0)))
2386 ++arg
->needed_relocs
;
2389 entry
->d
.h
->root
.got
.offset
= arg
->value
;
2395 /* Follow indirect and warning hash entries so that each got entry
2396 points to the final symbol definition. P must point to a pointer
2397 to the hash table we're traversing. Since this traversal may
2398 modify the hash table, we set this pointer to NULL to indicate
2399 we've made a potentially-destructive change to the hash table, so
2400 the traversal must be restarted. */
2402 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry (entryp
, p
)
2406 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
2407 htab_t got_entries
= *(htab_t
*)p
;
2409 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
2411 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= entry
->d
.h
;
2413 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2414 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2415 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2417 if (entry
->d
.h
== h
)
2422 /* If we can't find this entry with the new bfd hash, re-insert
2423 it, and get the traversal restarted. */
2424 if (! htab_find (got_entries
, entry
))
2426 htab_clear_slot (got_entries
, entryp
);
2427 entryp
= htab_find_slot (got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
2430 /* Abort the traversal, since the whole table may have
2431 moved, and leave it up to the parent to restart the
2433 *(htab_t
*)p
= NULL
;
2436 /* We might want to decrement the global_gotno count, but it's
2437 either too early or too late for that at this point. */
2443 /* Turn indirect got entries in a got_entries table into their final
2446 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g
)
2447 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2453 got_entries
= g
->got_entries
;
2455 htab_traverse (got_entries
,
2456 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry
,
2459 while (got_entries
== NULL
);
2462 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
2465 mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd
, g
, ibfd
)
2467 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2470 if (g
->bfd2got
== NULL
)
2473 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
);
2477 BFD_ASSERT (g
->next
);
2481 return (g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2484 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
2485 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
2488 mips_elf_multi_got (abfd
, info
, g
, got
, pages
)
2490 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
2491 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2493 bfd_size_type pages
;
2495 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg
;
2496 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg
;
2497 struct mips_got_info
*gg
;
2498 unsigned int assign
;
2500 g
->bfd2got
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash
,
2501 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq
,
2503 if (g
->bfd2got
== NULL
)
2506 got_per_bfd_arg
.bfd2got
= g
->bfd2got
;
2507 got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
= abfd
;
2508 got_per_bfd_arg
.info
= info
;
2510 /* Count how many GOT entries each input bfd requires, creating a
2511 map from bfd to got info while at that. */
2512 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g
);
2513 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
, &got_per_bfd_arg
);
2514 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
2517 got_per_bfd_arg
.current
= NULL
;
2518 got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
= NULL
;
2519 /* Taking out PAGES entries is a worst-case estimate. We could
2520 compute the maximum number of pages that each separate input bfd
2521 uses, but it's probably not worth it. */
2522 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_count
= ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (abfd
)
2523 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
))
2524 - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
- pages
);
2526 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
2527 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
2528 to be the primary GOT. */
2529 htab_traverse (g
->bfd2got
, mips_elf_merge_gots
, &got_per_bfd_arg
);
2530 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
2533 /* If we find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
2534 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
== NULL
)
2536 g
->next
= (struct mips_got_info
*)
2537 bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
2538 if (g
->next
== NULL
)
2541 g
->next
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
2542 g
->next
->global_gotno
= 0;
2543 g
->next
->local_gotno
= 0;
2544 g
->next
->assigned_gotno
= 0;
2545 g
->next
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
,
2546 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
,
2548 if (g
->next
->got_entries
== NULL
)
2550 g
->next
->bfd2got
= NULL
;
2553 g
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
;
2554 g
->next
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.current
;
2556 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
2560 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
2561 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
2562 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
2563 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
2566 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfdgot
;
2569 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)bfd_alloc
2570 (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
));
2577 bfdgotp
= htab_find_slot (gg
->bfd2got
, bfdgot
, INSERT
);
2579 BFD_ASSERT (*bfdgotp
== NULL
);
2583 /* The IRIX dynamic linker requires every symbol that is referenced
2584 in a dynamic relocation to be present in the primary GOT, so
2585 arrange for them to appear after those that are actually
2588 GNU/Linux could very well do without it, but it would slow down
2589 the dynamic linker, since it would have to resolve every dynamic
2590 symbol referenced in other GOTs more than once, without help from
2591 the cache. Also, knowing that every external symbol has a GOT
2592 helps speed up the resolution of local symbols too, so GNU/Linux
2593 follows IRIX's practice.
2595 The number 2 is used by mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f to count
2596 global GOT symbols that are unreferenced in the primary GOT, with
2597 an initial dynamic index computed from gg->assigned_gotno, where
2598 the number of unreferenced global entries in the primary GOT is
2602 gg
->assigned_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
- g
->global_gotno
;
2603 g
->global_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
;
2604 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= 2;
2608 /* This could be used for dynamic linkers that don't optimize
2609 symbol resolution while applying relocations so as to use
2610 primary GOT entries or assuming the symbol is locally-defined.
2611 With this code, we assign lower dynamic indices to global
2612 symbols that are not referenced in the primary GOT, so that
2613 their entries can be omitted. */
2614 gg
->assigned_gotno
= 0;
2615 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= -1;
2618 /* Reorder dynamic symbols as described above (which behavior
2619 depends on the setting of VALUE). */
2620 set_got_offset_arg
.g
= NULL
;
2621 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
2622 &set_got_offset_arg
);
2623 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= 1;
2624 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
2625 &set_got_offset_arg
);
2626 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, 1))
2629 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
2630 [assigned_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
2631 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
2632 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
2633 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
2634 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
2635 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
2636 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
2637 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
2638 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
2639 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
2640 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
2641 points back to the master GOT. */
2642 gg
->local_gotno
= -g
->global_gotno
;
2643 gg
->global_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
;
2649 struct mips_got_info
*gn
;
2651 assign
+= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
;
2652 g
->assigned_gotno
= assign
;
2653 g
->local_gotno
+= assign
+ pages
;
2654 assign
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
;
2656 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
2657 list that gg points to. */
2665 got
->_raw_size
= (gg
->next
->local_gotno
2666 + gg
->next
->global_gotno
) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2672 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
2673 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
2675 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*
2676 mips_elf_next_relocation (abfd
, r_type
, relocation
, relend
)
2677 bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
2678 unsigned int r_type
;
2679 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
;
2680 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
2682 /* According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must be
2683 immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
2684 relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
2685 relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
2686 relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
2687 extension in general, as that is useful for GCC. */
2688 while (relocation
< relend
)
2690 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_type
)
2696 /* We didn't find it. */
2697 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2701 /* Return whether a relocation is against a local symbol. */
2704 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
, local_sections
,
2707 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
;
2708 asection
**local_sections
;
2709 bfd_boolean check_forced
;
2711 unsigned long r_symndx
;
2712 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2713 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2716 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
2717 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2718 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
2720 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
2722 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
) && local_sections
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
2727 /* Look up the hash table to check whether the symbol
2728 was forced local. */
2729 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
2730 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
2731 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
2732 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2733 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2734 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2735 if ((h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL
) != 0)
2742 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
2745 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (value
, bits
)
2749 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bits
- 1)))
2750 /* VALUE is negative. */
2751 value
|= ((bfd_vma
) - 1) << bits
;
2756 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
2757 range expressable by a signed number with the indicated number of
2761 mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, bits
)
2765 bfd_signed_vma svalue
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
;
2767 if (svalue
> (1 << (bits
- 1)) - 1)
2768 /* The value is too big. */
2770 else if (svalue
< -(1 << (bits
- 1)))
2771 /* The value is too small. */
2778 /* Calculate the %high function. */
2781 mips_elf_high (value
)
2784 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
2787 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
2790 mips_elf_higher (value
)
2791 bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
2794 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
2797 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
2801 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
2804 mips_elf_highest (value
)
2805 bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
2808 return ((value
+ (((bfd_vma
) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
2811 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
2815 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
2818 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd
, info
)
2820 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
2823 register asection
*s
;
2825 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".compact_rel") == NULL
)
2827 flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2830 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".compact_rel");
2832 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
)
2833 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
2834 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
2837 s
->_raw_size
= sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
);
2843 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
2846 mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
, maybe_exclude
)
2848 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
2849 bfd_boolean maybe_exclude
;
2852 register asection
*s
;
2853 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2854 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
2855 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2858 /* This function may be called more than once. */
2859 s
= mips_elf_got_section (abfd
, TRUE
);
2862 if (! maybe_exclude
)
2863 s
->flags
&= ~SEC_EXCLUDE
;
2867 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
2868 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2871 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
2873 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
2874 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
2875 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".got");
2877 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
)
2878 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4))
2881 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
2882 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
2883 are not creating a global offset table. */
2885 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
2886 (info
, abfd
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
2887 (bfd_vma
) 0, (const char *) NULL
, FALSE
,
2888 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
2891 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
2892 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
&= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF
;
2893 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
|= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
;
2894 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
2897 && ! bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
2900 amt
= sizeof (struct mips_got_info
);
2901 g
= (struct mips_got_info
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2904 g
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
2905 g
->local_gotno
= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
;
2906 g
->assigned_gotno
= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
;
2909 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
2910 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
,
2912 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
2914 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->u
.got_info
= g
;
2915 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->elf
.this_hdr
.sh_flags
2916 |= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
2921 /* Returns the .msym section for ABFD, creating it if it does not
2922 already exist. Returns NULL to indicate error. */
2925 mips_elf_create_msym_section (abfd
)
2930 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".msym");
2933 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".msym");
2935 || !bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
,
2939 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2941 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
2942 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
2949 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
2950 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
2951 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
2953 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
2954 REQUIRE_JALXP indicates whether or not the opcode used with this
2955 relocation must be JALX.
2957 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
2958 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
2959 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
2960 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
2962 static bfd_reloc_status_type
2963 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (abfd
, input_bfd
, input_section
, info
,
2964 relocation
, addend
, howto
, local_syms
,
2965 local_sections
, valuep
, namep
,
2966 require_jalxp
, save_addend
)
2969 asection
*input_section
;
2970 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
2971 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
;
2973 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
2974 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
2975 asection
**local_sections
;
2978 bfd_boolean
*require_jalxp
;
2979 bfd_boolean save_addend
;
2981 /* The eventual value we will return. */
2983 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
2986 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
2987 shared object file being produced. */
2988 bfd_vma gp
= MINUS_ONE
;
2989 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
2992 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
2993 bfd_vma gp0
= MINUS_ONE
;
2994 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
2995 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
2996 during execution. */
2997 bfd_vma g
= MINUS_ONE
;
2998 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
3000 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
3001 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
3002 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
3004 bfd_boolean local_p
, was_local_p
;
3005 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
3006 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p
= FALSE
;
3007 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3009 unsigned long r_symndx
;
3011 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
3012 relocation value. */
3013 bfd_boolean overflowed_p
;
3014 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
3015 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
3017 /* Parse the relocation. */
3018 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3019 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3020 p
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
3021 + input_section
->output_offset
3022 + relocation
->r_offset
);
3024 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
3025 overflowed_p
= FALSE
;
3027 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
3028 used in the array of hash table entries. */
3029 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3030 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
3031 local_sections
, FALSE
);
3032 was_local_p
= local_p
;
3033 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
3034 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3037 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
3038 must come before globals. */
3042 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
3045 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
3047 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
3048 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
3050 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3051 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
3052 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
))
3053 symbol
+= sym
->st_value
;
3054 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
3055 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
3057 addend
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd
, sym
, &sec
, addend
);
3059 addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3062 /* MIPS16 text labels should be treated as odd. */
3063 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
3066 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3067 *namep
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
3068 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
3071 *namep
= bfd_section_name (input_bfd
, sec
);
3073 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
);
3077 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
3078 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
3079 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
3080 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
3081 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3082 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3083 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
3085 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3086 *namep
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
3088 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
3089 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
3090 if (strcmp (h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, "_gp_disp") == 0
3091 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
3093 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
3094 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
3095 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_HI16
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_LO16
)
3096 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
3100 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
3101 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
3102 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
3104 else if ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3105 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3106 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
3108 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
3109 if (sec
->output_section
)
3110 symbol
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
3111 + sec
->output_section
->vma
3112 + sec
->output_offset
);
3114 symbol
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
3116 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
3117 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
3118 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
3119 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
3122 else if (info
->shared
3123 && !info
->no_undefined
3124 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
3126 else if (strcmp (h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0 ||
3127 strcmp (h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
3129 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
3130 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
3131 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
3132 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
3133 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
3135 BFD_ASSERT (! info
->shared
);
3136 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") == NULL
);
3141 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
3142 (info
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, input_bfd
,
3143 input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
,
3144 (!info
->shared
|| info
->no_undefined
3145 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
)))))
3146 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
3150 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
);
3153 /* If this is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function with a stub, we
3154 need to redirect the call to the stub, unless we're already *in*
3156 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
&& !info
->relocatable
3157 && ((h
!= NULL
&& h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
3158 || (local_p
&& elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
!= NULL
3159 && elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
3160 && !mips_elf_stub_section_p (input_bfd
, input_section
))
3162 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
3163 have already noticed that we were going to need the
3166 sec
= elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
];
3169 BFD_ASSERT (h
->need_fn_stub
);
3173 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3175 /* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we
3176 need to redirect the call to the stub. */
3177 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !info
->relocatable
3179 && (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
|| h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
3180 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
3182 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
3183 out which one to use by seeing which one appears in the input
3185 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
&& h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
3190 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
3192 if (strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd
, o
),
3193 CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
3195 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
3202 else if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
)
3205 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
3207 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->_raw_size
> 0);
3208 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3211 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
3212 special jalx instruction. */
3213 *require_jalxp
= (!info
->relocatable
3214 && (((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
) && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
3215 || ((r_type
== R_MIPS_26
) && target_is_16_bit_code_p
)));
3217 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
3218 local_sections
, TRUE
);
3220 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, or the GP value,
3221 and we're going to need it, get it now. */
3224 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
3225 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
3226 /* If this symbol got a global GOT entry, we have to decay
3227 GOT_PAGE/GOT_OFST to GOT_DISP/addend. */
3228 local_p
= local_p
|| ! h
3230 < mips_elf_get_global_gotsym_index (elf_hash_table (info
)
3232 if (local_p
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
)
3238 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
3239 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
3240 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
3241 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
3242 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
3243 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
3246 /* GOT_PAGE may take a non-zero addend, that is ignored in a
3247 GOT_PAGE relocation that decays to GOT_DISP because the
3248 symbol turns out to be global. The addend is then added
3250 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
3251 g
= mips_elf_global_got_index (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
3253 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
);
3254 if (! elf_hash_table(info
)->dynamic_sections_created
3256 && (info
->symbolic
|| h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
3257 && (h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
)))
3259 /* This is a static link or a -Bsymbolic link. The
3260 symbol is defined locally, or was forced to be local.
3261 We must initialize this entry in the GOT. */
3262 bfd
*tmpbfd
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
3263 asection
*sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (tmpbfd
, FALSE
);
3264 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (tmpbfd
, symbol
, sgot
->contents
+ g
);
3267 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
)
3268 /* There's no need to create a local GOT entry here; the
3269 calculation for a local GOT16 entry does not involve G. */
3273 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
,
3274 info
, symbol
+ addend
);
3276 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
3279 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
3280 g
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
3281 abfd
, input_bfd
, g
);
3286 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
3287 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
3288 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
3289 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
3290 gp0
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
3291 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd
);
3292 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
)
3293 gp
+= mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd
,
3295 (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, NULL
),
3303 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
3307 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
3310 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
3311 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3318 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
3320 && ((h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
3321 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC
) != 0)
3322 && ((h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
3323 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0)))
3325 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3327 /* If we're creating a shared library, or this relocation is
3328 against a symbol in a shared library, then we can't know
3329 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
3330 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
3333 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd
,
3341 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
3345 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
3346 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
3350 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3355 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL_LO16
:
3356 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
3357 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3360 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
:
3361 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
<< 2, 18) - p
;
3362 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 18);
3363 value
= (value
>> 2) & howto
->dst_mask
;
3366 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16
:
3367 /* Instead of subtracting 'p' here, we should be subtracting the
3368 equivalent value for the LO part of the reloc, since the value
3369 here is relative to that address. Because that's not easy to do,
3370 we adjust 'addend' in _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section(). See also
3371 the comment there for more information. */
3372 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- p
);
3373 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3377 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
3378 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
3379 the output file that's different. That's handled in
3380 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
3381 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
3384 value
= (((addend
<< 2) | ((p
+ 4) & 0xf0000000)) + symbol
) >> 2;
3386 value
= (_bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
<< 2, 28) + symbol
) >> 2;
3387 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3393 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
);
3394 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3398 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
);
3399 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3405 value
= (symbol
+ addend
) & howto
->dst_mask
;
3408 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 4;
3409 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
3410 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
3411 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
3412 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
3415 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
3416 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
3419 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
3420 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
3421 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
3422 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
3423 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
3424 not check for overflow here. */
3428 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
3429 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
3430 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
3431 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
3436 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
3437 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
3438 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
3439 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
3440 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
3441 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
3442 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
3443 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
3444 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
3445 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
3446 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
3447 value
= symbol
+ addend
- gp
;
3448 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
3449 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
3450 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
3451 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
3455 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3464 /* The special case is when the symbol is forced to be local. We
3465 need the full address in the GOT since no R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
3467 forced
= ! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
3468 local_sections
, FALSE
);
3469 value
= mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
3470 symbol
+ addend
, forced
);
3471 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
3472 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
3474 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
3475 abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
3476 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3482 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
3485 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3488 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
3489 value
= (addend
+ symbol
+ gp0
- gp
);
3491 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3495 value
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16) + symbol
- p
;
3496 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3499 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
3500 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
3501 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
3502 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
3503 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
3505 value
= mips_elf_high (value
);
3506 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3509 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
3510 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
3511 value
= g
& howto
->dst_mask
;
3514 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
3515 /* GOT_PAGE relocations that reference non-local symbols decay
3516 to GOT_DISP. The corresponding GOT_OFST relocation decays to
3520 value
= mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, NULL
);
3521 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
3522 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
3523 value
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
3524 abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
3525 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3528 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
3530 mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, &value
);
3533 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3537 value
= symbol
- addend
;
3538 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3542 value
= mips_elf_higher (addend
+ symbol
);
3543 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3546 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
3547 value
= mips_elf_highest (addend
+ symbol
);
3548 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3551 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP
:
3552 value
= symbol
+ addend
- sec
->output_offset
;
3553 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3558 /* Both of these may be ignored. R_MIPS_JALR is an optimization
3559 hint; we could improve performance by honoring that hint. */
3560 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
3562 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
3563 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
3564 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
3565 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
3568 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
3569 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
3572 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
3574 return overflowed_p
? bfd_reloc_overflow
: bfd_reloc_ok
;
3577 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
3580 mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
)
3581 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
3582 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
;
3587 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
3589 /* Obtain the bytes. */
3590 x
= bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
)), input_bfd
, location
);
3592 if ((ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == R_MIPS16_26
3593 || ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == R_MIPS16_GPREL
)
3594 && bfd_little_endian (input_bfd
))
3595 /* The two 16-bit words will be reversed on a little-endian system.
3596 See mips_elf_perform_relocation for more details. */
3597 x
= (((x
& 0xffff) << 16) | ((x
& 0xffff0000) >> 16));
3602 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
3603 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
3604 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
3605 relocation applies. If REQUIRE_JALX is TRUE, then the opcode used
3606 for the relocation must be either JAL or JALX, and it is
3607 unconditionally converted to JALX.
3609 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
3612 mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, relocation
, value
, input_bfd
,
3613 input_section
, contents
, require_jalx
)
3614 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
3615 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
3616 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
;
3619 asection
*input_section
;
3621 bfd_boolean require_jalx
;
3625 int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3627 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
3628 location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
3630 /* Obtain the current value. */
3631 x
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
);
3633 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
3634 x
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
3636 /* If this is the R_MIPS16_26 relocation, we must store the
3637 value in a funny way. */
3638 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
3640 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
3641 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
3644 The format of these instructions is:
3646 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3647 ! JALX ! X! Imm 20:16 ! Imm 25:21 !
3648 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3650 +-----------------------------------------------+
3652 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
3653 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
3655 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
3656 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
3657 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
3658 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
3659 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
3660 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
3661 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
3662 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
3663 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
3664 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
3667 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
3668 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
3669 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
3670 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
3671 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
3672 value as two 16-bit values.
3674 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
3678 +--------+----------------------+
3682 +--------+----------------------+
3685 +----------+------+-------------+
3689 +----------+--------------------+
3690 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
3691 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
3693 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
3694 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
3695 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
3696 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
3697 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff) */
3699 if (!info
->relocatable
)
3700 /* Shuffle the bits according to the formula above. */
3701 value
= (((value
& 0x1f0000) << 5)
3702 | ((value
& 0x3e00000) >> 5)
3703 | (value
& 0xffff));
3705 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_GPREL
)
3707 /* R_MIPS16_GPREL is used for GP-relative addressing in mips16
3708 mode. A typical instruction will have a format like this:
3710 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3711 ! EXTEND ! Imm 10:5 ! Imm 15:11 !
3712 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3713 ! Major ! rx ! ry ! Imm 4:0 !
3714 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3716 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
3719 This is handled exactly like R_MIPS_GPREL16, except that the
3720 addend is retrieved and stored as shown in this diagram; that
3721 is, the Imm fields above replace the V-rel16 field.
3723 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately. As
3724 above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
3725 little-endian system. */
3726 value
= (((value
& 0x7e0) << 16)
3727 | ((value
& 0xf800) << 5)
3731 /* Set the field. */
3732 x
|= (value
& howto
->dst_mask
);
3734 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
3738 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
3739 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
;
3741 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
3742 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
3744 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x6) || (opcode
== 0x7));
3749 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3) || (opcode
== 0x1d));
3753 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. */
3756 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3757 (_("%s: %s+0x%lx: jump to stub routine which is not jal"),
3758 bfd_archive_filename (input_bfd
),
3759 input_section
->name
,
3760 (unsigned long) relocation
->r_offset
);
3761 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3765 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
3766 x
= (x
& ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode
<< 26);
3769 /* Swap the high- and low-order 16 bits on little-endian systems
3770 when doing a MIPS16 relocation. */
3771 if ((r_type
== R_MIPS16_GPREL
|| r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
3772 && bfd_little_endian (input_bfd
))
3773 x
= (((x
& 0xffff) << 16) | ((x
& 0xffff0000) >> 16));
3775 /* Put the value into the output. */
3776 bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
), input_bfd
, x
, location
);
3780 /* Returns TRUE if SECTION is a MIPS16 stub section. */
3783 mips_elf_stub_section_p (abfd
, section
)
3784 bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
3787 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, section
);
3789 return (strncmp (name
, FN_STUB
, sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) == 0
3790 || strncmp (name
, CALL_STUB
, sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) == 0
3791 || strncmp (name
, CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0);
3794 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel.dyn section in ABFD. */
3797 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (abfd
, n
)
3803 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (abfd
, FALSE
);
3804 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3806 if (s
->_raw_size
== 0)
3808 /* Make room for a null element. */
3809 s
->_raw_size
+= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
3812 s
->_raw_size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
3815 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
3816 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
3817 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
3818 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
3821 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, info
, rel
, h
, sec
,
3822 symbol
, addendp
, input_section
)
3824 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
3825 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
3826 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3830 asection
*input_section
;
3832 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
[3];
3838 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
3839 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
3840 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
3841 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
!= NULL
);
3842 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->contents
!= NULL
);
3843 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->reloc_count
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
)
3844 < sreloc
->_raw_size
);
3847 outrel
[0].r_offset
=
3848 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[0].r_offset
);
3849 outrel
[1].r_offset
=
3850 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[1].r_offset
);
3851 outrel
[2].r_offset
=
3852 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[2].r_offset
);
3855 /* We begin by assuming that the offset for the dynamic relocation
3856 is the same as for the original relocation. We'll adjust this
3857 later to reflect the correct output offsets. */
3858 if (input_section
->sec_info_type
!= ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS
)
3860 outrel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
;
3861 outrel
[2].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
;
3865 /* Except that in a stab section things are more complex.
3866 Because we compress stab information, the offset given in the
3867 relocation may not be the one we want; we must let the stabs
3868 machinery tell us the offset. */
3869 outrel
[1].r_offset
= outrel
[0].r_offset
;
3870 outrel
[2].r_offset
= outrel
[0].r_offset
;
3871 /* If we didn't need the relocation at all, this value will be
3873 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
3878 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== (bfd_vma
) -1
3879 || outrel
[0].r_offset
== (bfd_vma
) -2)
3882 /* If we've decided to skip this relocation, just output an empty
3883 record. Note that R_MIPS_NONE == 0, so that this call to memset
3884 is a way of setting R_TYPE to R_MIPS_NONE. */
3886 memset (outrel
, 0, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
) * 3);
3891 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
3892 in the relocation. */
3894 && (! info
->symbolic
|| (h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
3895 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0))
3897 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
3898 /* h->root.dynindx may be -1 if this symbol was marked to
3905 if (sec
!= NULL
&& bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
3907 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
3909 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3914 indx
= elf_section_data (sec
->output_section
)->dynindx
;
3919 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
3920 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
3921 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
3922 local symbols because we used to generate them
3923 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
3924 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
3925 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
3926 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
3927 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
3928 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
3933 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
3934 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
3935 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
3936 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
3937 if (!indx
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
3940 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
3941 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
3942 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) indx
,
3944 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
3945 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
3946 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
3947 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
3948 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
3949 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
3950 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
3951 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
3952 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
3953 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
3954 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
3955 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
3956 outrel
[1].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) 0,
3957 ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
3960 outrel
[2].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) 0,
3963 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
3964 correct location in the output file. */
3965 outrel
[0].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
3966 + input_section
->output_offset
);
3967 outrel
[1].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
3968 + input_section
->output_offset
);
3969 outrel
[2].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
3970 + input_section
->output_offset
);
3973 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
3974 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
3975 relocation format is non-standard. */
3976 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
3978 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
3979 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
3981 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
3984 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
3985 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
3986 (sreloc
->contents
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
3988 /* Record the index of the first relocation referencing H. This
3989 information is later emitted in the .msym section. */
3991 && (h
->min_dyn_reloc_index
== 0
3992 || sreloc
->reloc_count
< h
->min_dyn_reloc_index
))
3993 h
->min_dyn_reloc_index
= sreloc
->reloc_count
;
3995 /* We've now added another relocation. */
3996 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
3998 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
3999 will be writing to it. */
4000 elf_section_data (input_section
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
4003 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
4004 if (! skip
&& IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
)
4006 asection
*scpt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
4011 Elf32_crinfo cptrel
;
4013 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel
, CRF_MIPS_LONG
);
4014 cptrel
.vaddr
= (rel
->r_offset
4015 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
4016 + input_section
->output_offset
);
4017 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_REL32
)
4018 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_REL32
);
4020 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_WORD
);
4021 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel
, 0);
4022 cptrel
.konst
= *addendp
;
4024 cr
= (scpt
->contents
4025 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
4026 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd
, &cptrel
,
4027 ((Elf32_External_crinfo
*) cr
4028 + scpt
->reloc_count
));
4029 ++scpt
->reloc_count
;
4036 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
4039 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flags
)
4042 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
)
4044 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900
:
4045 return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
4047 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010
:
4048 return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
4050 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100
:
4051 return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
4053 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111
:
4054 return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
4056 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120
:
4057 return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
4059 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650
:
4060 return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
4062 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400
:
4063 return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
4065 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500
:
4066 return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
4068 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
:
4069 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
4072 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
4076 return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
4080 return bfd_mach_mips6000
;
4084 return bfd_mach_mips4000
;
4088 return bfd_mach_mips8000
;
4092 return bfd_mach_mips5
;
4095 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
4096 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32
;
4099 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
4100 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64
;
4103 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
4104 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
;
4112 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
4114 static INLINE
char *
4115 elf_mips_abi_name (abfd
)
4120 flags
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
;
4121 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
4124 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
4126 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
4130 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32
:
4132 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64
:
4134 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
:
4136 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
:
4139 return "unknown abi";
4143 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
4144 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
4145 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
4146 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
4147 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
4148 static asection mips_elf_scom_section
;
4149 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
4150 static asymbol
*mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
4152 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
4153 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
4154 definition in a shared library. */
4155 static asection mips_elf_acom_section
;
4156 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
4157 static asymbol
*mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
4159 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use.
4160 This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
4163 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (abfd
, asym
)
4167 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
;
4169 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) asym
;
4170 switch (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
)
4172 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
4173 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
4174 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
4175 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
4176 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
4177 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
4178 if (mips_elf_acom_section
.name
== NULL
)
4180 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
4181 mips_elf_acom_section
.name
= ".acommon";
4182 mips_elf_acom_section
.flags
= SEC_ALLOC
;
4183 mips_elf_acom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
4184 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
4185 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
4186 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.name
= ".acommon";
4187 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
4188 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
4189 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
4191 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
4195 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
4196 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
4197 if (asym
->value
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
4198 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
4201 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
4202 if (mips_elf_scom_section
.name
== NULL
)
4204 /* Initialize the small common section. */
4205 mips_elf_scom_section
.name
= ".scommon";
4206 mips_elf_scom_section
.flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
4207 mips_elf_scom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
4208 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
4209 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
4210 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.name
= ".scommon";
4211 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
4212 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
4213 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
4215 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
4216 asym
->value
= elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
4219 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
4220 asym
->section
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4223 #if 0 /* for SGI_COMPAT */
4225 asym
->section
= mips_elf_text_section_ptr
;
4229 asym
->section
= mips_elf_data_section_ptr
;
4235 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
4236 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
4237 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
4241 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (abfd
, hdr
)
4243 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4245 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
4246 && hdr
->sh_size
> 0)
4250 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
4251 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->contents
== NULL
);
4254 hdr
->sh_offset
+ sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4,
4257 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
4258 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, (bfd_size_type
) 4, abfd
) != 4)
4262 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
4263 && hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
4264 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
4265 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
!= NULL
)
4267 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
4269 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
4270 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
4271 so that we don't have to read them again.
4272 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
4273 through the section contents to see if there is an
4274 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
4276 contents
= mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
;
4278 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
4279 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
4281 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
4283 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
4285 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
4292 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
4293 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo
) - 8)),
4296 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
4297 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, (bfd_size_type
) 8, abfd
) != 8)
4300 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
4307 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
4308 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4)),
4311 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
4312 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, (bfd_size_type
) 4, abfd
) != 4)
4319 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
4321 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
);
4323 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
4324 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0
4325 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0)
4327 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
4328 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
4330 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
4332 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
4333 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
4335 else if (strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0)
4337 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
4338 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
4340 else if (strcmp (name
, ".compact_rel") == 0)
4343 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
4345 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rtproc") == 0)
4347 if (hdr
->sh_addralign
!= 0 && hdr
->sh_entsize
== 0)
4349 unsigned int adjust
;
4351 adjust
= hdr
->sh_size
% hdr
->sh_addralign
;
4353 hdr
->sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_addralign
- adjust
;
4361 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
4362 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
4363 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
4365 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
4369 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
)
4371 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4376 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
4377 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
4378 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
4379 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
4380 probably get away with this. */
4381 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
4383 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
4384 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") != 0)
4388 if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") != 0)
4391 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
4392 if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") != 0)
4395 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
4396 if (strncmp (name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) != 0)
4399 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE
:
4400 if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") != 0)
4403 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
:
4404 if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") != 0)
4406 flags
= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
4408 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
:
4409 if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") != 0
4410 || hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
4412 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
4414 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE
:
4415 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
4418 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
4419 if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.content", sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) != 0)
4422 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
4423 if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) != 0)
4426 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF
:
4427 if (strncmp (name
, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) != 0)
4430 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
4431 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
4434 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
4435 if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) != 0
4436 && strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel",
4437 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) != 0)
4444 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
))
4449 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
4450 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd
,
4456 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
4458 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
4459 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
4460 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
4461 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
4462 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
4464 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
4467 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
, (PTR
) &ext
,
4469 (bfd_size_type
) sizeof ext
))
4471 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, &ext
, &s
);
4472 elf_gp (abfd
) = s
.ri_gp_value
;
4475 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
4476 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
4477 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
4478 they should agree. */
4479 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
4481 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
4483 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
4484 if (contents
== NULL
)
4486 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
, contents
,
4487 (file_ptr
) 0, hdr
->sh_size
))
4493 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
4494 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
4496 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
4498 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
4500 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
4502 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg
;
4504 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
4506 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo
*)
4507 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
4509 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
4511 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
4513 Elf32_RegInfo intreg
;
4515 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
4517 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo
*)
4518 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
4520 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
4530 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
4531 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
4532 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
4535 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (abfd
, hdr
, sec
)
4537 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4540 register const char *name
;
4542 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
4544 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") == 0)
4546 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
;
4547 hdr
->sh_info
= sec
->_raw_size
/ sizeof (Elf32_Lib
);
4548 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
4550 else if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") == 0)
4551 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
;
4552 else if (strncmp (name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
4554 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
;
4555 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
4556 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
4558 else if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") == 0)
4559 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_UCODE
;
4560 else if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
4562 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
;
4563 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
4564 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
4565 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
4566 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
4568 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
4570 else if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
4572 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
4573 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
4574 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
4575 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
4577 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
4578 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
4580 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
4583 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
4585 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
4586 && (strcmp (name
, ".hash") == 0
4587 || strcmp (name
, ".dynamic") == 0
4588 || strcmp (name
, ".dynstr") == 0))
4590 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
4591 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
4593 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
4594 hdr
->sh_info
= SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
;
4597 else if (strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0
4598 || strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0
4599 || strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
4600 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0
4601 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0
4602 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0)
4603 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
4604 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
4606 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_IFACE
;
4607 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
4609 else if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.content", strlen (".MIPS.content")) == 0)
4611 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
;
4612 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
4613 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
4615 else if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) == 0)
4617 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
4618 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
4619 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
4621 else if (strncmp (name
, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) == 0)
4622 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DWARF
;
4623 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
4625 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
;
4626 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
4627 final_write_processing. */
4629 else if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0
4630 || strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel",
4631 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0)
4633 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
;
4634 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
4635 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
4637 else if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") == 0)
4639 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_MSYM
;
4640 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
4641 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 8;
4644 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
4645 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
4646 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
4647 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
4648 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
4653 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
4654 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
4655 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
4656 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
4657 the .scommon section. */
4660 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
, retval
)
4661 bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
4665 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".scommon") == 0)
4667 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
4670 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".acommon") == 0)
4672 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
;
4678 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
4679 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
4682 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (abfd
, info
, sym
, namep
, flagsp
, secp
, valp
)
4684 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4685 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
4687 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
4691 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
4692 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
4693 && strcmp (*namep
, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
4695 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
4700 switch (sym
->st_shndx
)
4703 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
4704 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
4705 if (sym
->st_size
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
4706 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
4709 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
4710 *secp
= bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd
, ".scommon");
4711 (*secp
)->flags
|= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
4712 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
4716 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
4717 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
== NULL
)
4719 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
4720 asection
*elf_text_section
;
4721 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
4723 elf_text_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4724 if (elf_text_section
== NULL
)
4727 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
4728 elf_text_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4729 if (elf_text_symbol
== NULL
)
4732 /* Initialize the section. */
4734 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
= elf_text_section
;
4735 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
4737 elf_text_section
->symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
4738 elf_text_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
;
4740 elf_text_section
->name
= ".text";
4741 elf_text_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
4742 elf_text_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
4743 elf_text_section
->owner
= abfd
;
4744 elf_text_symbol
->name
= ".text";
4745 elf_text_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
4746 elf_text_symbol
->section
= elf_text_section
;
4748 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
4749 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
4750 so I took it out. */
4751 *secp
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
;
4754 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
4755 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
4757 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
4758 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
== NULL
)
4760 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
4761 asection
*elf_data_section
;
4762 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
4764 elf_data_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4765 if (elf_data_section
== NULL
)
4768 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
4769 elf_data_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4770 if (elf_data_symbol
== NULL
)
4773 /* Initialize the section. */
4775 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
= elf_data_section
;
4776 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
4778 elf_data_section
->symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
4779 elf_data_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
;
4781 elf_data_section
->name
= ".data";
4782 elf_data_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
4783 elf_data_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
4784 elf_data_section
->owner
= abfd
;
4785 elf_data_symbol
->name
= ".data";
4786 elf_data_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
4787 elf_data_symbol
->section
= elf_data_section
;
4789 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
4790 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
4791 so I took it out. */
4792 *secp
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
;
4795 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
4796 *secp
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4800 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
4802 && info
->hash
->creator
== abfd
->xvec
4803 && strcmp (*namep
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
4805 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4806 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
4808 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
4810 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4811 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, *secp
,
4812 (bfd_vma
) *valp
, (const char *) NULL
, FALSE
,
4813 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
4816 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
4817 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
&= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF
;
4818 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
|= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
;
4819 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
4821 if (! bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4824 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
= TRUE
;
4827 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
4828 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
4829 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
4830 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
4836 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
4837 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
4838 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
4841 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook (abfd
, info
, name
, sym
, input_sec
)
4842 bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
4843 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
4844 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
4845 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
4846 asection
*input_sec
;
4848 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
4849 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
4850 common in the output file. */
4851 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
4852 && strcmp (input_sec
->name
, ".scommon") == 0)
4853 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
4855 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
4856 && (sym
->st_value
& 1) != 0)
4862 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
4864 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
4867 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
)
4869 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4871 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4872 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
4874 register asection
*s
;
4875 const char * const *namep
;
4877 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
4878 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
4880 /* Mips ABI requests the .dynamic section to be read only. */
4881 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4884 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
))
4888 /* We need to create .got section. */
4889 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
, FALSE
))
4892 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, TRUE
))
4895 /* Create the .msym section on IRIX6. It is used by the dynamic
4896 linker to speed up dynamic relocations, and to avoid computing
4897 the ELF hash for symbols. */
4898 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
4899 && !mips_elf_create_msym_section (abfd
))
4902 /* Create .stub section. */
4903 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
4904 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) == NULL
)
4906 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
));
4908 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
| SEC_CODE
)
4909 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
4910 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
4914 if ((IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
|| IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
4916 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rld_map") == NULL
)
4918 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".rld_map");
4920 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
&~ (flagword
) SEC_READONLY
)
4921 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
4922 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
4926 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
4927 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
4928 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
4929 the linker takes such action. */
4930 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
4932 for (namep
= mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
; *namep
!= NULL
; namep
++)
4935 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4936 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_und_section_ptr
,
4937 (bfd_vma
) 0, (const char *) NULL
, FALSE
,
4938 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
4941 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
4942 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
&= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF
;
4943 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
|= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
;
4944 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
4946 if (! bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4950 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
4951 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
4953 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd
, info
))
4957 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
4958 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".hash");
4960 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
4961 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
4963 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
4964 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
4966 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
4967 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
4969 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
4970 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4972 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
4979 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
4981 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4982 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
4983 (bfd_vma
) 0, (const char *) NULL
, FALSE
,
4984 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
4987 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
4988 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
&= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF
;
4989 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
|= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
;
4990 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
4992 if (! bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4995 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
)
4997 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
4998 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
4999 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
5000 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
5001 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rld_map");
5002 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5004 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
5006 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5007 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
5008 (bfd_vma
) 0, (const char *) NULL
, FALSE
,
5009 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5012 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5013 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
&= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF
;
5014 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
|= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
;
5015 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5017 if (! bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5025 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
5026 allocate space in the global offset table. */
5029 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (abfd
, info
, sec
, relocs
)
5031 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
5033 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
;
5037 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5038 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
5039 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
5041 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
5042 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
5045 struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5047 if (info
->relocatable
)
5050 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5051 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5052 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
5053 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5055 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
5057 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
5058 if (strncmp (name
, FN_STUB
, sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) == 0)
5060 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5062 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
5065 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocs
->r_info
);
5067 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
5068 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
5072 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
5073 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
5074 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
5075 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
5077 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
5078 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
5080 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
5081 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
5082 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
5083 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), FN_STUB
,
5084 sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) == 0
5085 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), CALL_STUB
,
5086 sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) == 0
5087 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), CALL_FP_STUB
,
5088 sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
5092 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, (PTR
) NULL
,
5093 (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) NULL
,
5095 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
5098 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
5099 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
5100 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
5101 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
) != R_MIPS16_26
)
5104 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
5113 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
5114 not need it. Since this function is called before
5115 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
5116 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
5118 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5122 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
5124 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
== NULL
)
5126 unsigned long symcount
;
5130 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
5131 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
5133 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5134 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
5135 n
= (asection
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5138 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
= n
;
5141 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
5143 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
5144 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
5145 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
5146 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
5150 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5152 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5153 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5155 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
5158 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
5161 else if (strncmp (name
, CALL_STUB
, sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) == 0
5162 || strncmp (name
, CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
5164 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5165 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5168 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
5171 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocs
->r_info
);
5173 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
5174 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
5176 /* This stub was actually built for a static symbol defined
5177 in the same file. We assume that all static symbols in
5178 mips16 code are themselves mips16, so we can simply
5179 discard this stub. Since this function is called before
5180 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we can
5181 easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
5182 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5186 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5187 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5189 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
5191 if (strncmp (name
, CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
5192 loc
= &h
->call_fp_stub
;
5194 loc
= &h
->call_stub
;
5196 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
5197 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
5198 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
5199 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
5200 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. We can also discard this section if we
5201 happen to already know that this is a mips16 function; it is
5202 not necessary to check this here, as it is checked later, but
5203 it is slightly faster to check now. */
5204 if (*loc
!= NULL
|| h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
5206 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5211 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
5221 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
5226 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
5227 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
5228 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
5233 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5234 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
5235 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; ++rel
)
5237 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5238 unsigned int r_type
;
5239 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5241 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
5242 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
5244 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
5246 else if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
+ NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
))
5248 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5249 (_("%s: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
5250 bfd_archive_filename (abfd
), name
);
5251 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5256 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
5258 /* This may be an indirect symbol created because of a version. */
5261 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
5262 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
5266 /* Some relocs require a global offset table. */
5267 if (dynobj
== NULL
|| sgot
== NULL
)
5273 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5274 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5275 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5276 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5277 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
5278 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
5279 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5281 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
5282 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
, FALSE
))
5284 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
5291 && (info
->shared
|| h
!= NULL
)
5292 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5293 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
5301 if (!h
&& (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
5302 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
5303 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
))
5305 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
5306 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
5307 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
5308 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS_GOT16 and
5309 R_MIPS_CALL16. We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
5310 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
5311 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
5312 if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
5322 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5323 (_("%s: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
5324 bfd_archive_filename (abfd
), (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
5325 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5330 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5331 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5334 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
5335 if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
))
5338 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
5339 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
5340 elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol in elflink.h. */
5341 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
|= ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT
;
5346 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
5347 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
5348 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
5353 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
5354 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5356 while (hmips
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
5357 || hmips
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5358 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5359 hmips
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
5361 if ((hmips
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5362 || hmips
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5363 && hmips
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
5364 && ! (info
->shared
&& ! info
->symbolic
5365 && ! (hmips
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
5366 & ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL
))
5367 /* If we've encountered any other relocation
5368 referencing the symbol, we'll have marked it as
5369 dynamic, and, even though we might be able to get
5370 rid of the GOT entry should we know for sure all
5371 previous relocations were GOT_PAGE ones, at this
5372 point we can't tell, so just keep using the
5373 symbol as dynamic. This is very important in the
5374 multi-got case, since we don't decide whether to
5375 decay GOT_PAGE to GOT_DISP on a per-GOT basis: if
5376 the symbol is dynamic, we'll need a GOT entry for
5377 every GOT in which the symbol is referenced with
5378 a GOT_PAGE relocation. */
5379 && hmips
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
5385 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5386 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5387 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5388 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
5389 if (h
&& ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
))
5396 if ((info
->shared
|| h
!= NULL
)
5397 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5401 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, TRUE
);
5405 #define MIPS_READONLY_SECTION (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)
5408 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
5409 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
5410 relocs. We make room for this reloc in the
5411 .rel.dyn reloc section. */
5412 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, 1);
5413 if ((sec
->flags
& MIPS_READONLY_SECTION
)
5414 == MIPS_READONLY_SECTION
)
5415 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
5416 relocations against the text segment. */
5417 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5421 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
5423 /* We only need to copy this reloc if the symbol is
5424 defined in a dynamic object. */
5425 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5426 ++hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
5427 if ((sec
->flags
& MIPS_READONLY_SECTION
)
5428 == MIPS_READONLY_SECTION
)
5429 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
5430 are relocations against the text segment. */
5431 hmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
5434 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for
5435 this symbol, a symbol must have a dynamic symbol
5436 table index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are
5437 dynamic relocations against it. */
5441 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
5442 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
, TRUE
))
5444 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
5445 if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
))
5450 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
5451 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
5452 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
5456 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
5457 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
5458 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
5459 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
5460 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
5461 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
5464 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
5465 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
5466 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
5467 if (!_bfd_elf32_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
5471 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
5472 used. Record for later use during GC. */
5473 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
5474 if (!_bfd_elf32_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
5482 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
5483 related to taking the function's address. */
5489 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
5491 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5492 mh
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
5496 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5497 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5502 /* If this reloc is not a 16 bit call, and it has a global
5503 symbol, then we will need the fn_stub if there is one.
5504 References from a stub section do not count. */
5506 && r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
5507 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), FN_STUB
,
5508 sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) != 0
5509 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), CALL_STUB
,
5510 sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) != 0
5511 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), CALL_FP_STUB
,
5512 sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) != 0)
5514 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
5516 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5517 mh
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
5525 _bfd_mips_relax_section (abfd
, sec
, link_info
, again
)
5528 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
;
5531 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
5532 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
5533 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5534 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
5535 bfd_byte
*free_contents
= NULL
;
5537 bfd_boolean changed_contents
= FALSE
;
5538 bfd_vma sec_start
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5539 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
5541 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
5544 if (link_info
->relocatable
)
5547 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, (PTR
) NULL
,
5548 (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) NULL
,
5549 link_info
->keep_memory
);
5550 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
5553 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
5554 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
5555 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5556 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5558 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
5561 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset
;
5562 unsigned int r_type
;
5563 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5565 unsigned long instruction
;
5567 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
5568 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
5569 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
5570 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
5571 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_JALR
)
5574 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
5575 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
5576 if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
)
5578 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
5579 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5580 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5582 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
5583 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5584 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
5586 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
5588 if (! ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5589 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5590 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
5591 || (link_info
->shared
&& ! link_info
->symbolic
5592 && ! (h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL
)))
5595 sym_sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5596 if (sym_sec
->output_section
)
5597 symval
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
5598 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
5599 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
5601 symval
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
5605 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
5607 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
5608 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
5610 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
5611 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
5612 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
5613 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
5615 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
5619 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
5620 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
5622 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
5623 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
5624 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
5625 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
5628 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
5629 symval
= isym
->st_value
5630 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
5631 + sym_sec
->output_offset
;
5634 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
5636 sym_offset
= (symval
+ irel
->r_addend
)
5637 - (sec_start
+ irel
->r_offset
+ 4);
5639 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
5640 if ((sym_offset
& 3) != 0)
5645 /* Check that it's in range. */
5646 if (sym_offset
< -0x8000 || sym_offset
>= 0x8000)
5649 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
5650 if (contents
== NULL
)
5652 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
5653 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
5654 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
5657 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (sec
->_raw_size
);
5658 if (contents
== NULL
)
5661 free_contents
= contents
;
5662 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, contents
,
5663 (file_ptr
) 0, sec
->_raw_size
))
5668 instruction
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
5670 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
5671 if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
5672 instruction
= 0x04110000;
5673 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
5674 else if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
5675 instruction
= 0x10000000;
5679 instruction
|= (sym_offset
& 0xffff);
5680 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, instruction
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
5681 changed_contents
= TRUE
;
5684 if (contents
!= NULL
5685 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
5687 if (!changed_contents
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
5691 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
5692 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
5698 if (free_contents
!= NULL
)
5699 free (free_contents
);
5703 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
5704 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
5705 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
5706 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
5710 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
)
5711 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
5712 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5715 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
5718 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5720 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
5721 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
5722 && ((h
->elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT
)
5723 || h
->weakdef
!= NULL
5724 || ((h
->elf_link_hash_flags
5725 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC
) != 0
5726 && (h
->elf_link_hash_flags
5727 & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR
) != 0
5728 && (h
->elf_link_hash_flags
5729 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0)));
5731 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, we need to copy
5732 any R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output
5734 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5735 if (! info
->relocatable
5736 && hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
!= 0
5737 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
5738 || (h
->elf_link_hash_flags
5739 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0))
5741 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
,
5742 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
);
5743 if (hmips
->readonly_reloc
)
5744 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
5745 against the text segment. */
5746 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5749 /* For a function, create a stub, if allowed. */
5750 if (! hmips
->no_fn_stub
5751 && (h
->elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT
) != 0)
5753 if (! elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5756 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
5757 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
5758 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
5759 executable and the shared library. */
5760 if ((h
->elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0)
5762 /* We need .stub section. */
5763 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
5764 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
5765 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5767 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5768 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= s
->_raw_size
;
5770 /* XXX Write this stub address somewhere. */
5771 h
->plt
.offset
= s
->_raw_size
;
5773 /* Make room for this stub code. */
5774 s
->_raw_size
+= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
;
5776 /* The last half word of the stub will be filled with the index
5777 of this symbol in .dynsym section. */
5781 else if ((h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
5782 && (h
->elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT
) == 0)
5784 /* This will set the entry for this symbol in the GOT to 0, and
5785 the dynamic linker will take care of this. */
5786 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
5790 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
5791 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
5792 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
5793 if (h
->weakdef
!= NULL
)
5795 BFD_ASSERT (h
->weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5796 || h
->weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
5797 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= h
->weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5798 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5802 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
5803 is not a function. */
5808 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
5809 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
5810 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
5813 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (output_bfd
, info
)
5815 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
5821 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
5823 bfd_size_type loadable_size
= 0;
5824 bfd_size_type local_gotno
;
5827 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
5828 ri
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".reginfo");
5830 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, ri
,
5831 (bfd_size_type
) sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
5833 if (! (info
->relocatable
5834 || ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
))
5835 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
5836 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs
,
5839 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5841 /* Relocatable links don't have it. */
5844 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &s
);
5848 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
5849 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
5851 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
5853 asection
*subsection
;
5855 for (subsection
= sub
->sections
;
5857 subsection
= subsection
->next
)
5859 if ((subsection
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
5861 loadable_size
+= ((subsection
->_raw_size
+ 0xf)
5862 &~ (bfd_size_type
) 0xf);
5866 /* There has to be a global GOT entry for every symbol with
5867 a dynamic symbol table index of DT_MIPS_GOTSYM or
5868 higher. Therefore, it make sense to put those symbols
5869 that need GOT entries at the end of the symbol table. We
5871 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, 1))
5874 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
5875 i
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
5877 /* If there are no global symbols, or none requiring
5878 relocations, then GLOBAL_GOTSYM will be NULL. */
5881 /* In the worst case, we'll get one stub per dynamic symbol, plus
5882 one to account for the dummy entry at the end required by IRIX
5884 loadable_size
+= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
* (i
+ 1);
5886 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of
5887 contiguous sections. Is 5 enough? */
5888 local_gotno
= (loadable_size
>> 16) + 5;
5890 g
->local_gotno
+= local_gotno
;
5891 s
->_raw_size
+= g
->local_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
5893 g
->global_gotno
= i
;
5894 s
->_raw_size
+= i
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
5896 if (s
->_raw_size
> MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (output_bfd
)
5897 && ! mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd
, info
, g
, s
, local_gotno
))
5903 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
5906 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (output_bfd
, info
)
5908 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
5912 bfd_boolean reltext
;
5914 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5915 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
5917 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5919 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
5922 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".interp");
5923 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5925 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
)) + 1;
5927 = (bfd_byte
*) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
);
5931 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
5932 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
5935 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5940 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
5941 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
5942 name
= bfd_get_section_name (dynobj
, s
);
5944 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
5949 if (strncmp (name
, ".rel", 4) == 0)
5951 if (s
->_raw_size
== 0)
5953 /* We only strip the section if the output section name
5954 has the same name. Otherwise, there might be several
5955 input sections for this output section. FIXME: This
5956 code is probably not needed these days anyhow, since
5957 the linker now does not create empty output sections. */
5958 if (s
->output_section
!= NULL
5960 bfd_get_section_name (s
->output_section
->owner
,
5961 s
->output_section
)) == 0)
5966 const char *outname
;
5969 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
5970 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
5971 If the relocation section is .rel.dyn, we always
5972 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
5973 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
5975 outname
= bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd
,
5977 target
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, outname
+ 4);
5979 && (target
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0
5980 && (target
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5981 || strcmp (outname
, ".rel.dyn") == 0)
5984 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
5985 to copy relocs into the output file. */
5986 if (strcmp (name
, ".rel.dyn") != 0)
5989 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
5990 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
5991 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
5992 will move them around between input sections'
5993 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
5994 broken, so don't let it run. */
5995 info
->combreloc
= 0;
5998 else if (strncmp (name
, ".got", 4) == 0)
6000 /* _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections() has already done
6001 most of the work, but some symbols may have been mapped
6002 to versions that we must now resolve in the got_entries
6004 struct mips_got_info
*gg
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
);
6005 struct mips_got_info
*g
= gg
;
6006 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg
;
6007 unsigned int needed_relocs
= 0;
6011 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
6012 set_got_offset_arg
.info
= info
;
6014 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (gg
);
6015 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
&& g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
6017 unsigned int save_assign
;
6019 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g
);
6021 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries. */
6022 save_assign
= g
->assigned_gotno
;
6023 g
->assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
;
6024 set_got_offset_arg
.g
= g
;
6025 set_got_offset_arg
.needed_relocs
= 0;
6026 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
6027 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
6028 &set_got_offset_arg
);
6029 needed_relocs
+= set_got_offset_arg
.needed_relocs
;
6030 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
- g
->local_gotno
6031 <= g
->global_gotno
);
6033 g
->assigned_gotno
= save_assign
;
6036 needed_relocs
+= g
->local_gotno
- g
->assigned_gotno
;
6037 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
== g
->next
->local_gotno
6038 + g
->next
->global_gotno
6039 + MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
);
6044 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, needed_relocs
);
6047 else if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)) == 0)
6049 /* IRIX rld assumes that the function stub isn't at the end
6050 of .text section. So put a dummy. XXX */
6051 s
->_raw_size
+= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
;
6053 else if (! info
->shared
6054 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
6055 && strncmp (name
, ".rld_map", 8) == 0)
6057 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
6058 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
6061 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
6062 && strncmp (name
, ".compact_rel", 12) == 0)
6063 s
->_raw_size
+= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
;
6064 else if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") == 0)
6065 s
->_raw_size
= (sizeof (Elf32_External_Msym
)
6066 * (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
6067 + bfd_count_sections (output_bfd
)));
6068 else if (strncmp (name
, ".init", 5) != 0)
6070 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
6076 _bfd_strip_section_from_output (info
, s
);
6080 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
6081 s
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->_raw_size
);
6082 if (s
->contents
== NULL
&& s
->_raw_size
!= 0)
6084 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
6089 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6091 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
6092 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
6093 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
6094 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
6095 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
6098 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
6099 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. */
6100 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
, 0))
6102 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6104 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
6110 /* Shared libraries on traditional mips have DT_DEBUG. */
6111 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6113 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
6118 if (reltext
&& SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6119 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6121 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
6123 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
6127 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTGOT
, 0))
6130 if (mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
))
6132 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_REL
, 0))
6135 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELSZ
, 0))
6138 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELENT
, 0))
6142 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6144 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO
, 0))
6148 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6150 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO
, 0))
6154 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".conflict") != NULL
)
6156 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_CONFLICT
, 0))
6159 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".liblist");
6160 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6162 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LIBLIST
, 0))
6166 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
, 0))
6169 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_FLAGS
, 0))
6173 /* Time stamps in executable files are a bad idea. */
6174 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
, 0))
6179 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
, 0))
6184 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_IVERSION
, 0))
6188 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
, 0))
6191 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
, 0))
6194 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
, 0))
6197 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
, 0))
6200 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
, 0))
6203 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix5
6204 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
, 0))
6207 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix6
6208 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
6209 (dynobj
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
)))
6210 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
, 0))
6213 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".msym")
6214 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_MSYM
, 0))
6221 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
6224 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
6225 contents
, relocs
, local_syms
, local_sections
)
6227 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
6229 asection
*input_section
;
6231 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
;
6232 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
6233 asection
**local_sections
;
6235 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
6236 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
6238 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
6239 struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6241 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
6242 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
6243 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
6247 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
6248 bfd_boolean require_jalx
;
6249 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
6251 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p
= TRUE
;
6252 unsigned int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6253 const char * msg
= (const char *) NULL
;
6255 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
6256 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
6258 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
6259 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
6260 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
6261 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
6262 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
6263 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
6264 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, R_MIPS_32
, FALSE
);
6266 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
6268 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
6272 /* NewABI defaults to RELA relocations. */
6273 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
,
6274 NEWABI_P (input_bfd
)
6275 && (MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P
6276 (input_bfd
, input_section
,
6279 if (!use_saved_addend_p
)
6281 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
6283 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
6284 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
6285 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
6286 RELA relocation. To determine which flavor or relocation
6287 this is, we depend on the fact that the INPUT_SECTION's
6288 REL_HDR is read before its REL_HDR2. */
6289 rel_hdr
= &elf_section_data (input_section
)->rel_hdr
;
6290 if ((size_t) (rel
- relocs
)
6291 >= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr
) * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
))
6292 rel_hdr
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->rel_hdr2
;
6293 if (rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
== MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (input_bfd
))
6295 /* Note that this is a REL relocation. */
6296 rela_relocation_p
= FALSE
;
6298 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
6299 addend
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, rel
, input_bfd
,
6301 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
6302 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
6304 /* For some kinds of relocations, the ADDEND is a
6305 combination of the addend stored in two different
6307 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
6308 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16
6309 || (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
6310 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
,
6311 local_sections
, FALSE
)))
6314 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo16_relocation
;
6315 reloc_howto_type
*lo16_howto
;
6318 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend,
6319 left-shifted by sixteen bits, and the LO16
6320 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the code does
6321 a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of
6324 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation. */
6325 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16
)
6326 lo
= R_MIPS_GNU_REL_LO16
;
6329 lo16_relocation
= mips_elf_next_relocation (input_bfd
, lo
,
6331 if (lo16_relocation
== NULL
)
6334 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
6335 lo16_howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, lo
, FALSE
);
6336 l
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (lo16_howto
, lo16_relocation
,
6337 input_bfd
, contents
);
6338 l
&= lo16_howto
->src_mask
;
6339 l
<<= lo16_howto
->rightshift
;
6340 l
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l
, 16);
6344 /* Compute the combined addend. */
6347 /* If PC-relative, subtract the difference between the
6348 address of the LO part of the reloc and the address of
6349 the HI part. The relocation is relative to the LO
6350 part, but mips_elf_calculate_relocation() doesn't
6351 know its address or the difference from the HI part, so
6352 we subtract that difference here. See also the
6353 comment in mips_elf_calculate_relocation(). */
6354 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16
)
6355 addend
-= (lo16_relocation
->r_offset
- rel
->r_offset
);
6357 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_GPREL
)
6359 /* The addend is scrambled in the object file. See
6360 mips_elf_perform_relocation for details on the
6362 addend
= (((addend
& 0x1f0000) >> 5)
6363 | ((addend
& 0x7e00000) >> 16)
6368 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
6371 if (info
->relocatable
)
6373 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6374 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6376 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
)
6377 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
6380 /* Since we're just relocating, all we need to do is copy
6381 the relocations back out to the object file, unless
6382 they're against a section symbol, in which case we need
6383 to adjust by the section offset, or unless they're GP
6384 relative in which case we need to adjust by the amount
6385 that we're adjusting GP in this relocatable object. */
6387 if (! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
,
6389 /* There's nothing to do for non-local relocations. */
6392 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_GPREL
6393 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL16
6394 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL32
6395 || r_type
== R_MIPS_LITERAL
)
6396 addend
-= (_bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
6397 - _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
));
6399 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6400 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
6401 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
6402 /* Adjust the addend appropriately. */
6403 addend
+= local_sections
[r_symndx
]->output_offset
;
6405 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6407 /* If the relocation is for a R_MIPS_HI16 or R_MIPS_GOT16,
6408 then we only want to write out the high-order 16 bits.
6409 The subsequent R_MIPS_LO16 will handle the low-order bits.
6411 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
6412 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16
)
6413 addend
= mips_elf_high (addend
);
6414 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHER
)
6415 addend
= mips_elf_higher (addend
);
6416 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHEST
)
6417 addend
= mips_elf_highest (addend
);
6420 if (rela_relocation_p
)
6421 /* If this is a RELA relocation, just update the addend.
6422 We have to cast away constness for REL. */
6423 rel
->r_addend
= addend
;
6426 /* Otherwise, we have to write the value back out. Note
6427 that we use the source mask, rather than the
6428 destination mask because the place to which we are
6429 writing will be source of the addend in the final
6431 addend
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6432 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
6434 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
6435 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
6436 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
6437 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
6438 but for endianness. */
6444 if (addend
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
6446 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
6453 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
6454 do two separate stores. */
6455 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
6457 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
6459 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
6465 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
6467 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
6468 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
6469 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
6470 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
6474 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, addend
,
6475 input_bfd
, input_section
,
6480 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
6484 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
6485 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
6486 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
6488 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
6489 && rel
->r_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
6490 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, rel
[1].r_info
) != R_MIPS_NONE
)
6491 use_saved_addend_p
= TRUE
;
6493 use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
6495 addend
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6497 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
6498 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd
, input_bfd
,
6499 input_section
, info
, rel
,
6500 addend
, howto
, local_syms
,
6501 local_sections
, &value
,
6502 &name
, &require_jalx
,
6503 use_saved_addend_p
))
6505 case bfd_reloc_continue
:
6506 /* There's nothing to do. */
6509 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
6510 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
6511 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
6512 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
6513 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
6516 case bfd_reloc_notsupported
:
6517 msg
= _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
6518 info
->callbacks
->warning
6519 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
6522 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
6523 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
6524 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
6525 a given location. */
6529 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
6530 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
6531 (info
, name
, howto
->name
, (bfd_vma
) 0,
6532 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
)))
6545 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
6546 until we reach the last one. */
6547 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
6553 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
6554 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
6555 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
6556 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
6557 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
6558 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
6559 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
6560 only a 32-bit VMA. */
6566 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
6568 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
6575 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
6576 do two separate stores. */
6577 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
6579 /* Undo what we did above. */
6581 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
6583 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
6589 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
6591 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
6592 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
6593 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
6594 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
6598 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
6599 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, value
,
6600 input_bfd
, input_section
,
6601 contents
, require_jalx
))
6608 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
6609 adjust it appropriately now. */
6612 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (abfd
, name
, sym
)
6613 bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
6615 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6617 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
6618 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
6619 static const char* const text_section_symbols
[] = {
6622 "__dso_displacement",
6624 "__program_header_table",
6628 static const char* const data_section_symbols
[] = {
6636 const char* const *p
;
6639 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; ++i
)
6640 for (p
= (i
== 0) ? text_section_symbols
: data_section_symbols
;
6643 if (strcmp (*p
, name
) == 0)
6645 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
6647 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6649 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
6651 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
6653 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
6659 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
6660 dynamic sections here. */
6663 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd
, info
, h
, sym
)
6665 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
6666 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6667 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6673 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
6675 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
6677 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6678 gval
= sym
->st_value
;
6679 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6681 if (h
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
6684 bfd_byte stub
[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
];
6686 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
6688 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
6690 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
6691 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
6692 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6694 /* FIXME: Can h->dynindex be more than 64K? */
6695 if (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff0000)
6698 /* Fill the stub. */
6699 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW (output_bfd
), stub
);
6700 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd
), stub
+ 4);
6701 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR
, stub
+ 8);
6702 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16 (output_bfd
) + h
->dynindx
, stub
+ 12);
6704 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
<= s
->_raw_size
);
6705 memcpy (s
->contents
+ h
->plt
.offset
, stub
, MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
);
6707 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. plt.offset != -1 occurs
6708 only for the referenced symbol. */
6709 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6711 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
6712 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
6713 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
6714 gval
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
+ h
->plt
.offset
;
6715 sym
->st_value
= gval
;
6718 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1
6719 || (h
->elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL
) != 0);
6721 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
6722 BFD_ASSERT (sgot
!= NULL
);
6723 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
6724 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
6725 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
6727 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
6728 the symbols that need them. */
6729 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
6730 && h
->dynindx
>= g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
)
6736 value
= sym
->st_value
;
6739 /* For an entity defined in a shared object, this will be
6740 NULL. (For functions in shared objects for
6741 which we have created stubs, ST_VALUE will be non-NULL.
6742 That's because such the functions are now no longer defined
6743 in a shared object.) */
6745 if ((info
->shared
&& h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
6746 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6749 value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6751 offset
= mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj
, output_bfd
, h
);
6752 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
6755 if (g
->next
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1)
6757 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
6760 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
6765 e
.abfd
= output_bfd
;
6767 e
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
;
6770 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6771 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6773 else if (sym
->st_value
)
6774 value
= sym
->st_value
;
6776 value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6778 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
6779 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_REL32
);
6781 for (g
= g
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
6784 && (p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
,
6788 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
6790 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
6793 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
6795 && ((p
->d
.h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
6796 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC
) != 0)
6797 && ((p
->d
.h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
6798 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0)))
6799 && ! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
6800 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
,
6801 e
.d
.h
, NULL
, value
, &addend
, sgot
)))
6803 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
6808 /* Create a .msym entry, if appropriate. */
6809 smsym
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".msym");
6812 Elf32_Internal_Msym msym
;
6814 msym
.ms_hash_value
= bfd_elf_hash (h
->root
.root
.string
);
6815 /* It is undocumented what the `1' indicates, but IRIX6 uses
6817 msym
.ms_info
= ELF32_MS_INFO (mh
->min_dyn_reloc_index
, 1);
6818 bfd_mips_elf_swap_msym_out
6820 ((Elf32_External_Msym
*) smsym
->contents
) + h
->dynindx
);
6823 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
6824 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
6825 if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
6826 || strcmp (name
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
6827 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
6828 else if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
6829 || strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
6831 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
6832 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6835 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
6837 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
6838 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6839 sym
->st_value
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
6841 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6843 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
6844 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
6846 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6847 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
6849 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
6851 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
6853 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6854 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
6855 sym
->st_value
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
;
6856 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
6858 else if (sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
6860 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
6861 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
6862 else if (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
)
6863 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
6867 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
6868 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix6
)
6869 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd
, name
, sym
);
6873 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
6874 && (strcmp (name
, "__rld_map") == 0
6875 || strcmp (name
, "__RLD_MAP") == 0))
6877 asection
*s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rld_map");
6878 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6879 sym
->st_value
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
6880 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0, s
->contents
);
6881 if (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
== 0)
6882 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
= sym
->st_value
;
6884 else if (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
6885 && strcmp (name
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
6887 /* IRIX6 does not use a .rld_map section. */
6888 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
6889 || IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_none
)
6890 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rld_map")
6892 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
= sym
->st_value
;
6896 /* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even. */
6897 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
6898 && (sym
->st_value
& 1) != 0)
6904 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
6907 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (output_bfd
, info
)
6909 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
6914 struct mips_got_info
*gg
, *g
;
6916 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6918 sdyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
6920 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
6925 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
6926 gg
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
6927 BFD_ASSERT (gg
!= NULL
);
6928 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, output_bfd
);
6929 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
6932 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6936 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
6937 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
6939 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
6940 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->_raw_size
;
6941 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
6943 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
6947 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
6949 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
6950 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
6952 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
6958 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
6959 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6960 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
);
6964 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
6966 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
6972 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
6975 case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
6978 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
6979 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6980 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
6983 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
6984 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 1; /* XXX */
6988 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= RHF_NOTPOT
; /* XXX */
6991 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO
:
6993 elemsize
= sizeof (Elf32_Conflict
);
6996 case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO
:
6998 elemsize
= sizeof (Elf32_Lib
);
7000 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
7003 if (s
->_cooked_size
!= 0)
7004 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->_cooked_size
/ elemsize
;
7006 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->_raw_size
/ elemsize
;
7012 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
7013 time ((time_t *) &dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
7016 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
7021 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
7026 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
7027 s
= output_bfd
->sections
;
7028 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7029 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
7032 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
7033 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
;
7036 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
7037 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
7038 entry of the first external symbol that is not
7039 referenced within the same object. */
7040 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= bfd_count_sections (output_bfd
) + 1;
7043 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
7044 if (gg
->global_gotsym
)
7046 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= gg
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
7049 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
7050 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
7051 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
7053 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
7055 elemsize
= MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd
);
7056 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
7057 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7059 if (s
->_cooked_size
!= 0)
7060 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->_cooked_size
/ elemsize
;
7062 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->_raw_size
/ elemsize
;
7065 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
7066 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
- MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
;
7069 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
7070 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
;
7073 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
7074 s
= (bfd_get_section_by_name
7075 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)));
7076 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
7080 s
= (bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".msym"));
7081 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
7090 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
7095 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
7096 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
7097 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
7098 if (sgot
!= NULL
&& sgot
->_raw_size
> 0)
7100 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0, sgot
->contents
);
7101 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0x80000000,
7102 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
7106 elf_section_data (sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
7107 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
7109 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
7110 if (gg
!= NULL
&& gg
->next
)
7112 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
7115 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
7116 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_REL32
);
7118 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
7120 bfd_vma index
= g
->next
->local_gotno
+ g
->next
->global_gotno
;
7122 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0, sgot
->contents
7123 + index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
7124 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0x80000000, sgot
->contents
7125 + index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
7130 while (index
< g
->assigned_gotno
)
7132 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
7133 = index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
7134 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
7135 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
, NULL
,
7136 bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
7139 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
7147 Elf32_compact_rel cpt
;
7149 /* ??? The section symbols for the output sections were set up in
7150 _bfd_elf_final_link. SGI sets the STT_NOTYPE attribute for these
7151 symbols. Should we do so? */
7153 smsym
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".msym");
7156 Elf32_Internal_Msym msym
;
7158 msym
.ms_hash_value
= 0;
7159 msym
.ms_info
= ELF32_MS_INFO (0, 1);
7161 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7163 long dynindx
= elf_section_data (s
)->dynindx
;
7165 bfd_mips_elf_swap_msym_out
7167 (((Elf32_External_Msym
*) smsym
->contents
)
7172 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
7174 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
7175 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
7179 cpt
.num
= s
->reloc_count
;
7181 cpt
.offset
= (s
->output_section
->filepos
7182 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
7185 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd
, &cpt
,
7186 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel
*)
7189 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
7190 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
7191 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
7194 file_ptr dummy_offset
;
7196 BFD_ASSERT (s
->_raw_size
>= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
);
7197 dummy_offset
= s
->_raw_size
- MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
;
7198 memset (s
->contents
+ dummy_offset
, 0,
7199 MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
);
7204 /* We need to sort the entries of the dynamic relocation section. */
7206 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
7209 && s
->_raw_size
> (bfd_vma
)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
))
7211 reldyn_sorting_bfd
= output_bfd
;
7213 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
7214 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
7215 (size_t) s
->reloc_count
- 1,
7216 sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
), sort_dynamic_relocs_64
);
7218 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
7219 (size_t) s
->reloc_count
- 1,
7220 sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
), sort_dynamic_relocs
);
7228 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
7231 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd
)
7236 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
7239 case bfd_mach_mips3000
:
7240 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
;
7243 case bfd_mach_mips3900
:
7244 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
| E_MIPS_MACH_3900
;
7247 case bfd_mach_mips6000
:
7248 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
;
7251 case bfd_mach_mips4000
:
7252 case bfd_mach_mips4300
:
7253 case bfd_mach_mips4400
:
7254 case bfd_mach_mips4600
:
7255 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
;
7258 case bfd_mach_mips4010
:
7259 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4010
;
7262 case bfd_mach_mips4100
:
7263 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4100
;
7266 case bfd_mach_mips4111
:
7267 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4111
;
7270 case bfd_mach_mips4120
:
7271 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4120
;
7274 case bfd_mach_mips4650
:
7275 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4650
;
7278 case bfd_mach_mips5400
:
7279 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5400
;
7282 case bfd_mach_mips5500
:
7283 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5500
;
7286 case bfd_mach_mips5000
:
7287 case bfd_mach_mips8000
:
7288 case bfd_mach_mips10000
:
7289 case bfd_mach_mips12000
:
7290 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
;
7293 case bfd_mach_mips5
:
7294 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_5
;
7297 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
:
7298 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
;
7301 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32
:
7302 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32
;
7305 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64
:
7306 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
;
7309 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
:
7310 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
;
7313 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
7314 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= val
;
7319 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
7320 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
7321 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
7324 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (abfd
, linker
)
7326 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
7329 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
7333 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
7334 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
7335 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
7336 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
) == 0)
7337 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd
);
7339 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
7340 info for each special section. */
7341 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1;
7342 i
< elf_numsections (abfd
);
7345 switch ((*hdrpp
)->sh_type
)
7348 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
7349 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
7351 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7354 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
7355 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
7356 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
7357 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
7358 && strncmp (name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0);
7359 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
7360 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
7361 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7364 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
7365 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
7366 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
7367 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
7368 && strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.content",
7369 sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) == 0);
7370 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
7371 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
7372 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
7373 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7376 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
7377 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
7379 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7380 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".liblist");
7382 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7385 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
7386 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
7387 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
7388 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
7389 if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0)
7390 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
7391 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
7394 BFD_ASSERT (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel",
7395 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0);
7396 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
7398 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
7400 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
7401 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7408 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
7412 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (abfd
)
7418 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
7419 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
7420 if (s
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
))
7423 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
7424 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
7425 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
7426 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)))
7429 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
7430 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
7431 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")
7432 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug"))
7438 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
7441 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
)
7445 struct elf_segment_map
*m
, **pm
;
7448 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
7450 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
7451 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
7453 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
7454 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
7459 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7463 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
7467 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
7468 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
7470 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
7471 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
7479 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
7480 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
7481 PT_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
7484 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
7485 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
7486 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
7488 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
7490 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
7491 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
7496 struct elf_segment_map
*options_segment
;
7498 /* Usually, there's a program header table. But, sometimes
7499 there's not (like when running the `ld' testsuite). So,
7500 if there's no program header table, we just put the
7501 options segment at the end. */
7502 for (pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
7505 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
)
7508 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
7509 options_segment
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7510 options_segment
->next
= *pm
;
7511 options_segment
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
7512 options_segment
->p_flags
= PF_R
;
7513 options_segment
->p_flags_valid
= TRUE
;
7514 options_segment
->count
= 1;
7515 options_segment
->sections
[0] = s
;
7516 *pm
= options_segment
;
7521 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
7523 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
7524 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
7525 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp") == NULL
7526 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
7527 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug") != NULL
)
7529 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
7530 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_RTPROC
)
7535 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7539 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_RTPROC
;
7541 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
7546 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7554 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
7555 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
7556 while (*pm
!= NULL
&& (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_DYNAMIC
)
7566 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
7567 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
7569 for (pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; *pm
!= NULL
;
7571 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
)
7574 if (m
!= NULL
&& IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
7576 /* For a normal mips executable the permissions for the PT_DYNAMIC
7577 segment are read, write and execute. We do that here since
7578 the code in elf.c sets only the read permission. This matters
7579 sometimes for the dynamic linker. */
7580 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
7582 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
7583 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7587 && m
->count
== 1 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") == 0)
7589 static const char *sec_names
[] =
7591 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
7595 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
7599 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof sec_names
/ sizeof sec_names
[0]; i
++)
7601 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec_names
[i
]);
7602 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
7608 sz
= s
->_cooked_size
;
7611 if (high
< s
->vma
+ sz
)
7617 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7618 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
7621 + (s
->_cooked_size
!=
7622 0 ? s
->_cooked_size
: s
->_raw_size
)) <= high
))
7625 amt
= sizeof *n
+ (bfd_size_type
) (c
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
7626 n
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7633 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7635 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
7638 + (s
->_cooked_size
!= 0 ?
7639 s
->_cooked_size
: s
->_raw_size
)) <= high
))
7653 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
7657 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
)
7659 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
7660 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
7661 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7662 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7664 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
7668 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
))
7670 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
7671 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
7675 switch (h
->root
.type
)
7677 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
7678 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
7679 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
7681 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
7682 return h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
7690 return bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
7695 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
7698 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (abfd
, info
, sec
, relocs
)
7699 bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
7700 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
7701 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
7702 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
7705 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7706 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
7707 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
;
7708 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
7709 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7710 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7712 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7713 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
7714 local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
7716 relend
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
7717 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
7718 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
))
7722 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
7723 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
7724 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
7725 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
7726 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
7727 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
7728 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
7729 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
7730 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
7731 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
7742 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
7743 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
7744 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
7745 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
7748 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (bed
, dir
, ind
)
7749 struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7750 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
, *ind
;
7752 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*dirmips
, *indmips
;
7754 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (bed
, dir
, ind
);
7756 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
7759 dirmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
7760 indmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
7761 dirmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
+= indmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
7762 if (indmips
->readonly_reloc
)
7763 dirmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
7764 if (dirmips
->min_dyn_reloc_index
== 0
7765 || (indmips
->min_dyn_reloc_index
!= 0
7766 && indmips
->min_dyn_reloc_index
< dirmips
->min_dyn_reloc_index
))
7767 dirmips
->min_dyn_reloc_index
= indmips
->min_dyn_reloc_index
;
7768 if (indmips
->no_fn_stub
)
7769 dirmips
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
7773 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (info
, entry
, force_local
)
7774 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
7775 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*entry
;
7776 bfd_boolean force_local
;
7780 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
7781 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7783 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
7784 if (h
->forced_local
)
7786 h
->forced_local
= force_local
;
7788 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7789 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& force_local
)
7791 got
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
7792 g
= mips_elf_section_data (got
)->u
.got_info
;
7796 struct mips_got_entry e
;
7797 struct mips_got_info
*gg
= g
;
7799 /* Since we're turning what used to be a global symbol into a
7800 local one, bump up the number of local entries of each GOT
7801 that had an entry for it. This will automatically decrease
7802 the number of global entries, since global_gotno is actually
7803 the upper limit of global entries. */
7808 for (g
= g
->next
; g
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
7809 if (htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &e
))
7811 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotno
> 0);
7816 /* If this was a global symbol forced into the primary GOT, we
7817 no longer need an entry for it. We can't release the entry
7818 at this point, but we must at least stop counting it as one
7819 of the symbols that required a forced got entry. */
7820 if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 2)
7822 BFD_ASSERT (gg
->assigned_gotno
> 0);
7823 gg
->assigned_gotno
--;
7826 else if (g
->global_gotno
== 0 && g
->global_gotsym
== NULL
)
7827 /* If we haven't got through GOT allocation yet, just bump up the
7828 number of local entries, as this symbol won't be counted as
7831 else if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 1)
7833 /* If we're past non-multi-GOT allocation and this symbol had
7834 been marked for a global got entry, give it a local entry
7836 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotno
> 0);
7842 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &h
->root
, force_local
);
7848 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (abfd
, cookie
, info
)
7850 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
;
7851 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
7854 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
7855 unsigned char *tdata
;
7858 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".pdr");
7861 if (o
->_raw_size
== 0)
7863 if (o
->_raw_size
% PDR_SIZE
!= 0)
7865 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
7866 && bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
7869 tdata
= bfd_zmalloc (o
->_raw_size
/ PDR_SIZE
);
7873 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, (PTR
) NULL
,
7874 (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) NULL
,
7882 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
7883 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ o
->reloc_count
;
7885 for (i
= 0, skip
= 0; i
< o
->_raw_size
/ PDR_SIZE
; i
++)
7887 if (MNAME(abfd
,_bfd_elf
,reloc_symbol_deleted_p
) (i
* PDR_SIZE
, cookie
))
7896 mips_elf_section_data (o
)->u
.tdata
= tdata
;
7897 o
->_cooked_size
= o
->_raw_size
- skip
* PDR_SIZE
;
7903 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
7904 free (cookie
->rels
);
7910 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (sec
)
7913 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") == 0)
7919 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (output_bfd
, sec
, contents
)
7924 bfd_byte
*to
, *from
, *end
;
7927 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") != 0)
7930 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
== NULL
)
7934 end
= contents
+ sec
->_raw_size
;
7935 for (from
= contents
, i
= 0;
7937 from
+= PDR_SIZE
, i
++)
7939 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
)[i
] == 1)
7942 memcpy (to
, from
, PDR_SIZE
);
7945 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
, contents
,
7946 (file_ptr
) sec
->output_offset
,
7951 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
7952 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
7954 struct mips_elf_find_line
7956 struct ecoff_debug_info d
;
7957 struct ecoff_find_line i
;
7961 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
, filename_ptr
,
7962 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
)
7967 const char **filename_ptr
;
7968 const char **functionname_ptr
;
7969 unsigned int *line_ptr
;
7973 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7974 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7978 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7979 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7981 (unsigned) (ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? 8 : 0),
7982 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
7985 msec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug");
7989 struct mips_elf_find_line
*fi
;
7990 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
* const swap
=
7991 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
7993 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
7994 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
7995 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
7996 origflags
= msec
->flags
;
7997 if (elf_section_data (msec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
7998 msec
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8000 fi
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
;
8003 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size
;
8006 struct fdr
*fdr_ptr
;
8007 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line
);
8009 fi
= (struct mips_elf_find_line
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8012 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
8016 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd
, msec
, &fi
->d
))
8018 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
8022 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
8023 amt
= fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* sizeof (struct fdr
);
8024 fi
->d
.fdr
= (struct fdr
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8025 if (fi
->d
.fdr
== NULL
)
8027 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
8030 external_fdr_size
= swap
->external_fdr_size
;
8031 fdr_ptr
= fi
->d
.fdr
;
8032 fraw_src
= (char *) fi
->d
.external_fdr
;
8033 fraw_end
= (fraw_src
8034 + fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* external_fdr_size
);
8035 for (; fraw_src
< fraw_end
; fraw_src
+= external_fdr_size
, fdr_ptr
++)
8036 (*swap
->swap_fdr_in
) (abfd
, (PTR
) fraw_src
, fdr_ptr
);
8038 elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
= fi
;
8040 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
8041 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
8042 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
8043 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
8044 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
8045 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
8048 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd
, section
, offset
, &fi
->d
, swap
,
8049 &fi
->i
, filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
8052 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
8056 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
8059 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
8061 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
8062 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
8066 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
8067 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
8068 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
8071 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (abfd
, section
, location
, offset
, count
)
8076 bfd_size_type count
;
8078 if (strcmp (section
->name
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) == 0)
8082 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
8084 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data
);
8085 section
->used_by_bfd
= (PTR
) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8086 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
8089 c
= mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
;
8094 if (section
->_cooked_size
!= 0)
8095 size
= section
->_cooked_size
;
8097 size
= section
->_raw_size
;
8098 c
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, size
);
8101 mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
= c
;
8104 memcpy (c
+ offset
, location
, (size_t) count
);
8107 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd
, section
, location
, offset
,
8111 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
8112 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
8115 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents (abfd
, link_info
, link_order
,
8116 data
, relocatable
, symbols
)
8118 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
;
8119 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
;
8121 bfd_boolean relocatable
;
8124 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
8125 bfd
*input_bfd
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
;
8126 asection
*input_section
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8128 long reloc_size
= bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd
, input_section
);
8129 arelent
**reloc_vector
= NULL
;
8135 reloc_vector
= (arelent
**) bfd_malloc ((bfd_size_type
) reloc_size
);
8136 if (reloc_vector
== NULL
&& reloc_size
!= 0)
8139 /* read in the section */
8140 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
,
8144 input_section
->_raw_size
))
8147 /* We're not relaxing the section, so just copy the size info */
8148 input_section
->_cooked_size
= input_section
->_raw_size
;
8149 input_section
->reloc_done
= TRUE
;
8151 reloc_count
= bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd
,
8155 if (reloc_count
< 0)
8158 if (reloc_count
> 0)
8163 bfd_vma gp
= 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
8166 struct bfd_hash_entry
*h
;
8167 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*lh
;
8168 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
8169 if (abfd
&& input_bfd
8170 && abfd
->xvec
== input_bfd
->xvec
)
8174 h
= bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info
->hash
->table
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
);
8175 lh
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8182 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
8183 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
8184 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
8187 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
8188 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
8190 gp
= lh
->u
.def
.value
;
8192 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
8193 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
8195 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
8197 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
8206 for (parent
= reloc_vector
; *parent
!= (arelent
*) NULL
;
8209 char *error_message
= (char *) NULL
;
8210 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
8212 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
8213 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
8214 asymbol
*sym
= *(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
;
8215 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
) && abfd
)
8217 /* The special_function wouldn't get called anyway. */
8221 /* The gp isn't there; let the special function code
8222 fall over on its own. */
8224 else if ((*parent
)->howto
->special_function
8225 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc
)
8227 /* bypass special_function call */
8228 r
= _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd
, sym
, *parent
,
8229 input_section
, relocatable
,
8231 goto skip_bfd_perform_relocation
;
8233 /* end mips specific stuff */
8235 r
= bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd
,
8239 relocatable
? abfd
: (bfd
*) NULL
,
8241 skip_bfd_perform_relocation
:
8245 asection
*os
= input_section
->output_section
;
8247 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
8248 os
->orelocation
[os
->reloc_count
] = *parent
;
8252 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
8256 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
8257 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
8258 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
8259 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
,
8263 case bfd_reloc_dangerous
:
8264 BFD_ASSERT (error_message
!= (char *) NULL
);
8265 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
8266 (link_info
, error_message
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
8267 (*parent
)->address
)))
8270 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
8271 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
8272 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
8273 (*parent
)->howto
->name
, (*parent
)->addend
,
8274 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
)))
8277 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
8286 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
8287 free (reloc_vector
);
8291 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
8292 free (reloc_vector
);
8296 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
8298 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
8299 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
)
8302 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
8303 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
);
8305 ret
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
8306 if (ret
== (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*) NULL
)
8309 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->root
, abfd
,
8310 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
))
8317 /* We no longer use this. */
8318 for (i
= 0; i
< SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
; i
++)
8319 ret
->dynsym_sec_strindex
[i
] = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
8321 ret
->procedure_count
= 0;
8322 ret
->compact_rel_size
= 0;
8323 ret
->use_rld_obj_head
= FALSE
;
8325 ret
->mips16_stubs_seen
= FALSE
;
8327 return &ret
->root
.root
;
8330 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
8331 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
8332 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
8335 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
)
8337 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
8341 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
8342 asection
*reginfo_sec
, *mdebug_sec
, *gptab_data_sec
, *gptab_bss_sec
;
8343 asection
*rtproc_sec
;
8344 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo
;
8345 struct ecoff_debug_info debug
;
8346 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
8347 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
8348 HDRR
*symhdr
= &debug
.symbolic_header
;
8349 PTR mdebug_handle
= NULL
;
8355 static const char * const secname
[] =
8357 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
8358 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
8360 static const int sc
[] =
8362 scText
, scInit
, scFini
, scData
,
8363 scRData
, scSData
, scSBss
, scBss
8366 /* We'd carefully arranged the dynamic symbol indices, and then the
8367 generic size_dynamic_sections renumbered them out from under us.
8368 Rather than trying somehow to prevent the renumbering, just do
8370 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
8374 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
8376 /* When we resort, we must tell mips_elf_sort_hash_table what
8377 the lowest index it may use is. That's the number of section
8378 symbols we're going to add. The generic ELF linker only
8379 adds these symbols when building a shared object. Note that
8380 we count the sections after (possibly) removing the .options
8382 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, (info
->shared
8383 ? bfd_count_sections (abfd
) + 1
8387 /* Make sure we didn't grow the global .got region. */
8388 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8389 got
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
8390 g
= mips_elf_section_data (got
)->u
.got_info
;
8392 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
8393 BFD_ASSERT ((elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
8394 - g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
)
8395 <= g
->global_gotno
);
8399 /* We want to set the GP value for ld -r. */
8400 /* On IRIX5, we omit the .options section. On IRIX6, however, we
8401 include it, even though we don't process it quite right. (Some
8402 entries are supposed to be merged.) Empirically, we seem to be
8403 better off including it then not. */
8404 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
|| IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
8405 for (secpp
= &abfd
->sections
; *secpp
!= NULL
; secpp
= &(*secpp
)->next
)
8407 if (strcmp ((*secpp
)->name
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) == 0)
8409 for (p
= (*secpp
)->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
8410 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8411 p
->u
.indirect
.section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8412 (*secpp
)->link_order_head
= NULL
;
8413 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, secpp
);
8414 --abfd
->section_count
;
8420 /* We include .MIPS.options, even though we don't process it quite right.
8421 (Some entries are supposed to be merged.) At IRIX6 empirically we seem
8422 to be better off including it than not. */
8423 for (secpp
= &abfd
->sections
; *secpp
!= NULL
; secpp
= &(*secpp
)->next
)
8425 if (strcmp ((*secpp
)->name
, ".MIPS.options") == 0)
8427 for (p
= (*secpp
)->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
8428 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8429 p
->u
.indirect
.section
->flags
&=~ SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8430 (*secpp
)->link_order_head
= NULL
;
8431 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, secpp
);
8432 --abfd
->section_count
;
8439 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
8440 if (elf_gp (abfd
) == 0)
8442 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8444 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
8445 if (h
!= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) NULL
8446 && h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
8447 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.value
8448 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
8449 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
8450 else if (info
->relocatable
)
8452 bfd_vma lo
= MINUS_ONE
;
8454 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
8455 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= (asection
*) NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8457 && (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_MIPS_GPREL
))
8460 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
8461 elf_gp (abfd
) = lo
+ ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (abfd
);
8465 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
8466 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
8467 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
8471 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
8475 gptab_data_sec
= NULL
;
8476 gptab_bss_sec
= NULL
;
8477 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= (asection
*) NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8479 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
8481 memset (®info
, 0, sizeof reginfo
);
8483 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
8484 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
8485 the information together. */
8486 for (p
= o
->link_order_head
;
8487 p
!= (struct bfd_link_order
*) NULL
;
8490 asection
*input_section
;
8492 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
8495 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8497 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
8502 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8503 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
8505 /* The linker emulation code has probably clobbered the
8506 size to be zero bytes. */
8507 if (input_section
->_raw_size
== 0)
8508 input_section
->_raw_size
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
8510 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
,
8513 (bfd_size_type
) sizeof ext
))
8516 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd
, &ext
, &sub
);
8518 reginfo
.ri_gprmask
|= sub
.ri_gprmask
;
8519 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[0] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[0];
8520 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[1] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[1];
8521 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[2] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[2];
8522 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[3] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[3];
8524 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
8525 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
8526 finally written out. */
8528 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8529 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8530 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8533 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
8534 BFD_ASSERT(o
->_raw_size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
8536 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
8537 matters, but someday it might). */
8538 o
->link_order_head
= (struct bfd_link_order
*) NULL
;
8543 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
8545 struct extsym_info einfo
;
8548 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
8549 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
8550 the information together. */
8551 symhdr
->magic
= swap
->sym_magic
;
8552 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
8554 symhdr
->ilineMax
= 0;
8558 symhdr
->isymMax
= 0;
8559 symhdr
->ioptMax
= 0;
8560 symhdr
->iauxMax
= 0;
8562 symhdr
->issExtMax
= 0;
8565 symhdr
->iextMax
= 0;
8567 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
8568 debug_info structure. */
8570 debug
.external_dnr
= NULL
;
8571 debug
.external_pdr
= NULL
;
8572 debug
.external_sym
= NULL
;
8573 debug
.external_opt
= NULL
;
8574 debug
.external_aux
= NULL
;
8576 debug
.ssext
= debug
.ssext_end
= NULL
;
8577 debug
.external_fdr
= NULL
;
8578 debug
.external_rfd
= NULL
;
8579 debug
.external_ext
= debug
.external_ext_end
= NULL
;
8581 mdebug_handle
= bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
8582 if (mdebug_handle
== (PTR
) NULL
)
8586 esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
8590 esym
.asym
.iss
= issNil
;
8591 esym
.asym
.st
= stLocal
;
8592 esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
8593 esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
8595 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (secname
) / sizeof (secname
[0]); i
++)
8597 esym
.asym
.sc
= sc
[i
];
8598 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, secname
[i
]);
8601 esym
.asym
.value
= s
->vma
;
8602 last
= s
->vma
+ s
->_raw_size
;
8605 esym
.asym
.value
= last
;
8606 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd
, &debug
, swap
,
8611 for (p
= o
->link_order_head
;
8612 p
!= (struct bfd_link_order
*) NULL
;
8615 asection
*input_section
;
8617 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*input_swap
;
8618 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug
;
8622 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8624 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
8629 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8630 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
8632 if (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8633 || (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
8634 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
) == NULL
)
8636 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
8637 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
8638 want to deal with it. */
8642 input_swap
= (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
8643 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
);
8645 BFD_ASSERT (p
->size
== input_section
->_raw_size
);
8647 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
8648 read in the debugging information and set up an
8649 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
8650 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd
, input_section
,
8654 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
8655 (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, input_bfd
,
8656 &input_debug
, input_swap
, info
)))
8659 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
8660 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
8661 the linker global hash table and save the information
8662 for the output external symbols. */
8663 eraw_src
= input_debug
.external_ext
;
8664 eraw_end
= (eraw_src
8665 + (input_debug
.symbolic_header
.iextMax
8666 * input_swap
->external_ext_size
));
8668 eraw_src
< eraw_end
;
8669 eraw_src
+= input_swap
->external_ext_size
)
8673 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8675 (*input_swap
->swap_ext_in
) (input_bfd
, (PTR
) eraw_src
, &ext
);
8676 if (ext
.asym
.sc
== scNil
8677 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scUndefined
8678 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scSUndefined
)
8681 name
= input_debug
.ssext
+ ext
.asym
.iss
;
8682 h
= mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
8683 name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
8684 if (h
== NULL
|| h
->esym
.ifd
!= -2)
8690 < input_debug
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
);
8691 ext
.ifd
= input_debug
.ifdmap
[ext
.ifd
];
8697 /* Free up the information we just read. */
8698 free (input_debug
.line
);
8699 free (input_debug
.external_dnr
);
8700 free (input_debug
.external_pdr
);
8701 free (input_debug
.external_sym
);
8702 free (input_debug
.external_opt
);
8703 free (input_debug
.external_aux
);
8704 free (input_debug
.ss
);
8705 free (input_debug
.ssext
);
8706 free (input_debug
.external_fdr
);
8707 free (input_debug
.external_rfd
);
8708 free (input_debug
.external_ext
);
8710 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8711 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8712 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8715 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && info
->shared
)
8717 /* Create .rtproc section. */
8718 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
8719 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
)
8721 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
8722 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
8724 rtproc_sec
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".rtproc");
8725 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
8726 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, flags
)
8727 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, 4))
8731 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle
, abfd
,
8737 /* Build the external symbol information. */
8740 einfo
.debug
= &debug
;
8742 einfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
8743 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
8744 mips_elf_output_extsym
,
8749 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
8750 o
->_raw_size
= bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd
, &debug
, swap
);
8752 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
8753 matters, but someday it might). */
8754 o
->link_order_head
= (struct bfd_link_order
*) NULL
;
8759 if (strncmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
8761 const char *subname
;
8764 Elf32_External_gptab
*ext_tab
;
8767 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
8768 information describing how the small data area would
8769 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
8770 not used in executables files. */
8771 if (! info
->relocatable
)
8773 for (p
= o
->link_order_head
;
8774 p
!= (struct bfd_link_order
*) NULL
;
8777 asection
*input_section
;
8779 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8781 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
8786 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8788 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8789 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8790 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8793 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
8794 currently matters, but someday it might). */
8795 o
->link_order_head
= (struct bfd_link_order
*) NULL
;
8797 /* Really remove the section. */
8798 for (secpp
= &abfd
->sections
;
8800 secpp
= &(*secpp
)->next
)
8802 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, secpp
);
8803 --abfd
->section_count
;
8808 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
8809 uninitialized data. */
8810 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
8812 else if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
8816 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8817 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
8818 bfd_get_filename (abfd
), o
->name
);
8819 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
8823 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
8824 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
8825 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
8826 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
8827 case we must change the name of the output section. */
8828 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
8829 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) == NULL
)
8831 if (o
== gptab_data_sec
)
8832 o
->name
= ".gptab.data";
8834 o
->name
= ".gptab.bss";
8835 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
8836 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) != NULL
);
8839 /* Set up the first entry. */
8841 amt
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
8842 tab
= (Elf32_gptab
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
8845 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_current_g_value
= elf_gp_size (abfd
);
8846 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_unused
= 0;
8848 /* Combine the input sections. */
8849 for (p
= o
->link_order_head
;
8850 p
!= (struct bfd_link_order
*) NULL
;
8853 asection
*input_section
;
8857 bfd_size_type gpentry
;
8859 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8861 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
8866 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8867 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
8869 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
8870 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
8871 sorted by ascending -G value. */
8872 size
= bfd_section_size (input_bfd
, input_section
);
8874 for (gpentry
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
8876 gpentry
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))
8878 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab
;
8879 Elf32_gptab int_gptab
;
8885 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
8886 (input_bfd
, input_section
, (PTR
) &ext_gptab
,
8888 (bfd_size_type
) sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))))
8894 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd
, &ext_gptab
,
8896 val
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
8897 add
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
- last
;
8900 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
8902 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
>= val
)
8903 tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+= add
;
8905 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
== val
)
8911 Elf32_gptab
*new_tab
;
8914 /* We need a new table entry. */
8915 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (c
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
8916 new_tab
= (Elf32_gptab
*) bfd_realloc ((PTR
) tab
, amt
);
8917 if (new_tab
== NULL
)
8923 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= val
;
8924 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= add
;
8926 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
8927 value, since that will be implied by this new
8930 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
8932 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
< val
8934 || (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
8935 > tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
)))
8939 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+=
8940 tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
8945 last
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
8948 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8949 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8950 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8953 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
8955 qsort (tab
+ 1, c
- 1, sizeof (tab
[0]), gptab_compare
);
8957 /* Swap out the table. */
8958 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
8959 ext_tab
= (Elf32_External_gptab
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8960 if (ext_tab
== NULL
)
8966 for (j
= 0; j
< c
; j
++)
8967 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd
, tab
+ j
, ext_tab
+ j
);
8970 o
->_raw_size
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
8971 o
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) ext_tab
;
8973 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
8974 matters, but someday it might). */
8975 o
->link_order_head
= (struct bfd_link_order
*) NULL
;
8979 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
8980 if (!MNAME(abfd
,bfd_elf
,bfd_final_link
) (abfd
, info
))
8983 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
8985 if (reginfo_sec
!= (asection
*) NULL
)
8987 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
8989 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, ®info
, &ext
);
8990 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, reginfo_sec
, (PTR
) &ext
,
8992 (bfd_size_type
) sizeof ext
))
8996 if (mdebug_sec
!= (asection
*) NULL
)
8998 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
8999 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
,
9001 mdebug_sec
->filepos
))
9004 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
9007 if (gptab_data_sec
!= (asection
*) NULL
)
9009 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_data_sec
,
9010 gptab_data_sec
->contents
,
9012 gptab_data_sec
->_raw_size
))
9016 if (gptab_bss_sec
!= (asection
*) NULL
)
9018 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_bss_sec
,
9019 gptab_bss_sec
->contents
,
9021 gptab_bss_sec
->_raw_size
))
9025 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
9027 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
9028 if (rtproc_sec
!= NULL
)
9030 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, rtproc_sec
,
9031 rtproc_sec
->contents
,
9033 rtproc_sec
->_raw_size
))
9041 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
9043 struct mips_mach_extension
{
9044 unsigned long extension
, base
;
9048 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
9049 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
9051 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions
[] = {
9052 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
9053 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
9055 /* MIPS V extensions. */
9056 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, bfd_mach_mips5
},
9058 /* R10000 extensions. */
9059 { bfd_mach_mips12000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
9061 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
9062 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
9063 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
9064 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
9065 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
9066 { bfd_mach_mips5500
, bfd_mach_mips5400
},
9067 { bfd_mach_mips5400
, bfd_mach_mips5000
},
9069 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
9070 { bfd_mach_mips5
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
9071 { bfd_mach_mips10000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
9072 { bfd_mach_mips5000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
9074 /* VR4100 extensions. */
9075 { bfd_mach_mips4120
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
9076 { bfd_mach_mips4111
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
9078 /* MIPS III extensions. */
9079 { bfd_mach_mips8000
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
9080 { bfd_mach_mips4650
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
9081 { bfd_mach_mips4600
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
9082 { bfd_mach_mips4400
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
9083 { bfd_mach_mips4300
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
9084 { bfd_mach_mips4100
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
9085 { bfd_mach_mips4010
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
9087 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
9088 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32
},
9090 /* MIPS II extensions. */
9091 { bfd_mach_mips4000
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
9092 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
9094 /* MIPS I extensions. */
9095 { bfd_mach_mips6000
, bfd_mach_mips3000
},
9096 { bfd_mach_mips3900
, bfd_mach_mips3000
}
9100 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
9103 mips_mach_extends_p (base
, extension
)
9104 unsigned long base
, extension
;
9108 for (i
= 0; extension
!= base
&& i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions
); i
++)
9109 if (extension
== mips_mach_extensions
[i
].extension
)
9110 extension
= mips_mach_extensions
[i
].base
;
9112 return extension
== base
;
9116 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
9119 mips_32bit_flags_p (flags
)
9122 return ((flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
) != 0
9123 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
9124 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
9125 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
9126 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
9127 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
9128 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
);
9132 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
9133 object file when linking. */
9136 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
)
9143 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd
= TRUE
;
9146 /* Check if we have the same endianess */
9147 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, obfd
))
9149 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9150 (_("%s: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
9151 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd
));
9155 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
9156 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
9159 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd
), bfd_get_target (obfd
)) != 0)
9161 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9162 (_("%s: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
9163 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd
));
9167 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
9168 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
9169 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
9171 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd
))
9173 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
9174 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= new_flags
;
9175 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
9176 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
];
9178 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd
) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd
)
9179 && bfd_get_arch_info (obfd
)->the_default
)
9181 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd
, bfd_get_arch (ibfd
),
9182 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
9189 /* Check flag compatibility. */
9191 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
9192 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
9194 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
9195 doesn't seem to matter. */
9196 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
9197 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
9199 if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
9202 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
9203 If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
9204 actually cause any incompatibility. */
9205 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
9207 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
9208 which are automatically generated by gas. */
9209 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".reginfo")
9210 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".mdebug")
9211 && ((!strcmp (sec
->name
, ".text")
9212 || !strcmp (sec
->name
, ".data")
9213 || !strcmp (sec
->name
, ".bss"))
9214 && sec
->_raw_size
!= 0))
9216 null_input_bfd
= FALSE
;
9225 if (((new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0)
9226 != ((old_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0))
9228 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9229 (_("%s: warning: linking PIC files with non-PIC files"),
9230 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd
));
9234 if (new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
))
9235 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
9236 if (! (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
))
9237 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_PIC
;
9239 new_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
9240 old_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
9242 /* Compare the ISAs. */
9243 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags
) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
))
9245 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9246 (_("%s: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
9247 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd
));
9250 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd
), bfd_get_mach (obfd
)))
9252 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
9253 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
), bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
9255 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
9256 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
9257 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
9258 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd
, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd
));
9259 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
9260 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
9261 |= new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
9263 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
9264 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
9265 if ((old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == 0
9266 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
)
9267 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
& ~EF_MIPS_ABI
))
9268 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
;
9272 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
9273 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9274 (_("%s: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
9275 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd
),
9276 bfd_printable_name (ibfd
),
9277 bfd_printable_name (obfd
));
9282 new_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
9283 old_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
9285 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
9286 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
9287 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
9288 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
9289 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
9291 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
9292 if (((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) && (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
9293 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
9294 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
9296 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9297 (_("%s: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
9298 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd
),
9299 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd
),
9300 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd
));
9303 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
9304 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
9307 /* For now, allow arbitrary mixing of ASEs (retain the union). */
9308 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
))
9310 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
9312 new_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
9313 old_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
9316 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
9317 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
9319 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9320 (_("%s: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
9321 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd
), (unsigned long) new_flags
,
9322 (unsigned long) old_flags
);
9328 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9335 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
9338 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (abfd
, flags
)
9342 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
9343 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
9345 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
9346 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
9351 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
)
9355 FILE *file
= (FILE *) ptr
;
9357 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
&& ptr
!= NULL
);
9359 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
9360 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
9362 /* xgettext:c-format */
9363 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
9365 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
)
9366 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O32]"));
9367 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64
)
9368 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O64]"));
9369 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
)
9370 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
9371 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
9372 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
9373 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
9374 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi unknown]"));
9375 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
9376 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=N32]"));
9377 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
9378 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=64]"));
9380 fprintf (file
, _(" [no abi set]"));
9382 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
)
9383 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips1]"));
9384 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
)
9385 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips2]"));
9386 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3
)
9387 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips3]"));
9388 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4
)
9389 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips4]"));
9390 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5
)
9391 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips5]"));
9392 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
)
9393 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips32]"));
9394 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64
)
9395 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips64]"));
9396 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
)
9397 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips32r2]"));
9399 fprintf (file
, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
9401 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
9402 fprintf (file
, _(" [mdmx]"));
9404 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
9405 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips16]"));
9407 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
)
9408 fprintf (file
, _(" [32bitmode]"));
9410 fprintf (file
, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));